Log of /branches/rel-2-4-dev
Directory Listing
Revision
5851 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 23 15:28:42 2008 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
removed ======
Revision
5730 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 24 00:44:55 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
merging with HEAD 6/23/2008 see Value.pm for
list of significant changes
Revision
5729 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 23:47:58 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
- [ ] pg
- [ ] lib
- [ ] Value
- [ ] inheritance improvements
The make() method now inherits all the settings
of the parent object,
so that flags set by the user (e.g., tolerances,
periods, and so on)
will be passed on as new objects are created.
For example, in
$x = Real(1)=>with(tolerance=>.0001);
$y = sin($x);
$y will also have tolerance set to .0001.
This also applies to binary operations, where the
result will now
inherit all the values of either operand, with
the left-hand operand
taking precedence when they both have a flag set
but to different
values.
This is a significant change, and there may be
unforeseen side effects
that I'll have to take care of as they appear.
It passes my test
suite, however, so I'm hoping they will be
limited.
- [ ] AnswerChecker.pm
- [ ] allow diagonostics to work for Complex types
- [ ] equivalent wrong answer message is now part of
Formula->cmp
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] Complex.pm
- [ ] inheritance
- [ ] Context.pm
- [ ] point context no longer includes vector operations
- [ ] error message methods
Allow conversion of error messages after the
value substitution has
been performed. Also provide a subroutine to
do more complex
conversion of error messages:
Context()->{error}{convert} = sub {
my $message = shift;
... manipulate message ...
return $message;
}
- [ ] Formula.pm
- [ ] 1.59 fixed memory leak.
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] Infinity.pm
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] Interval.pm
- [ ] generalize input
Allow interval data to be given in more forms
(eg, (a,b,"(",")") in
addition to ("(",a,b,")"), since that is the
order that the value()
method returns the data.)
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] List.pm
bug fixes
- [ ] Matrix.pm
- [ ] inheritance
- [ ] Point.pm
- [ ] inheritance
- [ ] Real.pm
- [ ] inheritance
- [ ] Set.pm
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] improved error reporting
- [ ] String.pm
- [ ] Union.pm
- [ ] improved error reporting
- [ ] Vectorpm
- [ ] inheritance
- [ ] ijkAnyDimension
Make vectors that are creates using ijk
notation remain in ijk
notation when displayed. (This is easy now
that objects produced by
combining others inherit the parent objects'
flags.)
Added another context flag (ijkAnyDimension)
that controls whether
vectors in ijk notation will conform to
whatever dimension is used by
the vector they are being compared to. When
set, i+2*j will equal
<1,2> even though i and j are vectors in
3-space. The value of
ijkAnyDimension is 1 by default.
This eliminates the need for the Vector2D
context.
- [ ] WeBWorK
- [ ] Translator.pm
bug and security fixes
- [ ] Parser
memory leak
Formula objects and Context objects contain reference
loops, which
prevent them from being freed properly by perl when
they are no longer
needed. This is a source of an important memory leak
in WeBWorK. The
problem has been fixed by using Scalar::Util::weaken
for these
recursive references, so these objects can be freed
properly when they
go out of scope. This should cause an improvement in
the memory usage
of the httpd child processes.
- [ ] Context.pm
point to name attribute
- [ ] Differentian.pm
improved differentiation of log() and abs()
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] operator // provides in line fractions in TeX form
a//b is in-line
- [ ] BOP-bug fixes
- [ ] Context - bug fixes
- [ ] Function -
- [ ] numeric2.pm
In the past, Formula objects included a
pointer to the Context in
which the object was created, but other
MathObject did not. This
update is the first round of updates to
include the context in the
other MathObjects, but more work needs to be
done.
- [ ] Legacy
- [ ] NumberWithUnits.pm
Has this been replaced???
Fixed a problem where Real's were being
promoted to NumberWithReals
during the numeric comparison (when units
should be ignored). This
error was a result of the changes made this
summer.
[This class should probably be redesigned to
implement the overloaded
operators and, in particular, handle the
equality check in compare()
rather than an over-ridden cmp_parse. That
would make it possible to
manipulate numbers-with-units via perl code
in a natural way, just
like all the other MathObjects.]
- [ ] List
- [ ] UOP --bug fixes
- [ ] Applet
- [ ] Fraction.pm
- [ ] List.pm
- [ ] Parser.pm
- [ ] Units.pm
- [ ] Value.pm
- [ ] VectorField.pm
- [ ] macros
- [ ] PGchoicemacros.pl
- [ ] PGinfo.pl
- [ ] compoundProblem.pl
- [ ] contextPiecewiseFunction.pl
- [ ] parserAssignment.pl
- [ ] PGstringevaluators
- [ ] contextInequalities
- [ ] PGbasicmacros.pl
- [ ] PGfunctionevaluators.pl
- [ ] AppletObjects.pl
- [ ] parserFormulaUpToConstant.pl
- [ ] parserRadioButtons.pl
- [ ] dangerousMacros.pl
Fix loadMacros() and alias() so that they find
auxiliary files even
when the .pg file is in templates/tmpEdit.
The Library Browser has a bad interaction with
browser image caches if
it displays two .pg files with fixed .gif files that
have the same
name (this happens in several of the setMV* files,
for example
setMVlevelsets/levels-1/levels-1.pg and
setMVlevelsets/levels-2/levels-2.pg).
This fixes the problem by including a portion of the
file name in the
name of the gif file to (help) make it unique.
- [ ] extraAnswerEvaluators.pl
Modifications to pass answer label for previous
answer. This still does not
provide correct functionality because the previous
answer is an equation of the form
lhs = rhs while the form being passed to fun_cmp
is lhs - rhs
- [ ] MultiAnswer.pl (renamed from MultiPart) -- point to
features
- [ ] contextCurrency.pl -- new
- [ ] PGnumericevaluators.pl -- new
- [ ] PGmiscevaluators.pl -- new
- [ ] PGtextevaluators.pl -- new
- [ ] contextLimitedPolynomial.pl -- point to features
- [ ] PGgraphmacros.pl
Changed plot_functions so that it uses the Formula
MathObject to parse the
the function in
$f1 = qq! x^2 - 3*x + 45 for x in [0, 45) using
color:red and weight:2!
instead of using the built in perl parser.
This allows things such as $formula=Formula("|x|");
$f1 = qq! $formula for x in [0, 45) using color:red
and weight:2!
to be evaluated. There should be no apparent change
to old problems
since the Formula MathObject parser handles a
superset of the builtin perl parser syntax.
-- some conflicts with old matrix types.
- [ ] displayMacros.pl --- remove???? -- only used in webwork
1.9
- [ ] problemPreserveAnswers.pl
This is a temporary hack that allows sticky answers
to preserve all
the characters the student typed. PGbasicmacros.pl
currently removes
several characters, including $, which is needed for
monitary
answers. Eventually, PGbasicmacros.pl should be
fixed, but for now
this will work, and it should not cause trouble after
PGbasicmacros.pl
is fixed. In the end, this file can be emptied, then
it should issue
a warning message, and finally it can be removed.
The hack is to copy the inputs_ref and modify the
answers so that the
PGbasicmacros.pl macros will not remove those
characters (the key is
to convert them to HTML entities instead). Then
after the problem has
been processed, we put the original answers back so
that the answer
checkers will work properly on them. This is
accomplished by
replacing ENDDOCUMENT with a new routine that first
puts back the
answers and then calls the old ENDDOCUMENT. This has
the unwanted
side effect of putting error messages into the error
log, but I can't
seem to work around that.
- [ ] problemRandomize.pl -- new
Had a typo: answer_submitted should have been
answers_submitted, but
it turns out that this is ALWAYS set, even when
answers AREN'T
submitted, so I had to look for the individual
buttons instead. This
might break if someone adds more buttons, but it
works for now.
- [ ] answerHints.pl -- new
Use alternative method of testing if whether two
objects are the same
(without causing them to stringify first).
[Technically, this should call Value::address, the
renamed version of
Value::Ref, but I didn't want the AIM participants to
have to update
to the latests version of MathObjects to be able to
use this.]
Revision 1.1 / (view) - annotate - [select for diffs]
, Wed Aug 15 02:58:26 2007 UTC (10 months, 1 week
ago) by dpvc
Branch: MAIN
This file implements a postfilter for
AnswerEvaluators that allows you
to specify answer hint messages to use when specific
answers or sets
of answers are given by the student. You can use
specific constants
or a perl subroutine to determine which answers to
respond to. You
can also specify a score to use when the answers are
triggered, and
whether to replace existing messages or not. See the
comments in the
file for more details.
- [ ] answerVariableList.pl -- point to features
- [ ] contextLimitedPowers.pl -- point to features
Updated to allow more flexibility in controlling the
range of powers
to be allowed (as per John Jones' suggestion). Also
changed the
way that you request the changes: you now make a
function call rather
than modify the operators list directly yourself.
(The old way is
still provided, however, for backward compatibility.)
See the comments in the file for more details.
- [ ] contextScientificNotation -- new
Use new feature to make Real() create
ScientificNotation objects.
-- fix e vs. E used by perl-- safe compartment
troubles?
- [ ] contextString.pl
- [ ] bug fixes
- [ ] parserAutoStrings.pl -- new
- [ ] parserFunction.pl -- point to features
- [ ] parserMultipart.pl -- remove????
- [ ] doc
Revision
5728 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 23 23:44:51 2008 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Merging HEAD to rel-2-4-dev 6/23/2008
View Value.pm for a complete list of changes.
Revision
5708 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 20 14:40:36 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-4-dev'.
Revision
5691 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 11 19:52:36 2008 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Backport changes
Revision
5657 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 30 22:08:28 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
backport (dpvc): Fix DOS and Mac line endings, and make the detection of
non-text files a little more strict (DOS files were being marked as
non-text). Also, localize the file handles.
Revision
5656 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:38:30 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): widen path field of NPL-path table to 4096 to
acommodate longer paths. linux's max path length is 4096.
Revision
5654 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:32:22 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): "Show Hints" and "Show Solutions" checkboxes.
Revision
5647 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 29 19:08:42 2008 UTC (5 years ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): remove stale pidfiles on stop.
Revision
5630 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 4 19:25:34 2008 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): When viewing a file-based problem library, don't show
to problem library's prefix in the "select a problem collection" popup.
This can significantly shorten the length of the options in that popup,
making them more managable.
Revision
5616 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 13 17:53:32 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): Fixed the name of the transaction log.
Revision
5614 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 4 15:43:47 2008 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): Bring back the green bar, which some students appear to worship.
Revision
5612 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 4 23:13:16 2008 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
check for Exception::Class (which is used by NewSQL)
Revision
5560 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 11 01:04:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
"improved" the help files
-- Mike
Revision
5438 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 18:23:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Added blank line to top of file to allow POD documentation to work
properly.
Revision
5437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 28 18:22:06 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Added line at top of page to allow POD documentation to work.
Revision
5424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 26 01:22:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
updated for 2.4.1
Revision
5423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:26:03 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): Extended the set definition file format to support
commas in the source_file field (as well was the value and max_attempts
fields).
Revision
5422 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:25:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): ignore .svn directories in problem libraries
(%ignoredir)
Revision
5421 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:24:47 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): Add more indexing, small disk space expense and hopefully
more speed.
Revision
5420 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:24:22 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): Textbook chapters and sections will now include their
numbers in the library browser, and be sorted accordingly.
Revision
5419 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:23:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): Improved handling of textook chapters and sections
(should be entered based on their number, not the DBchapter and
DBsection name).
Also improved handling for problems which are tagged to a chapter,
but not to a particular seciton in the chapter.
Revision
5418 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:23:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (glarose): bug fix: somehow I seem to have mixed up the logic
in the message that gets displayed on the sets page for tests that are
still open/over time. Sam: if you can get this into 2.4, that'd be
great. Thanks.
Revision
5417 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:23:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (dpvc): Work around IE bug where pressing return submits a form
but does not set the submit button's value properly in some
circumstances.
Revision
5416 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:22:26 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (dpvc): Allow unpacking of .tar.gz and .tar files in addition
to .tgz files.
Revision
5415 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:21:45 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (glarose): bug fix. when updating to hide set header display I
assumed that the $db->getMergedSet($userToShow, $setID) would succeed,
which isn't the case for a set that isn't assigned to any users (in
particular, which isn't assigned to the instructor who is editing the
set). this bug fix resolves that by instead using the global set to
determine if headers should be displayed when the call to get the merged
set fails.
Revision
5413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 25 18:15:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Resolve bug #1293 by actually throwing a RecordExists exception from
NewSQL::Std.
Revision
5320 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 23:04:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
updated version numbers
Revision
5318 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 22:53:51 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
updated copyright dates
Revision
5317 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 22:26:46 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): Sort entries which will appear in the library browser
(chapter titles, section titles, etc.).
Revision
5316 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 22:26:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): Revise how institution will be dealt with in the problem
library. Currently, the information is not used so the changes are
innocuous.
Revision
5315 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 13 22:24:07 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (dpvc): Backing out of Mike's change to previewAnswers.
Setting that to 0 means the grader will not be run when the problem is
first shown, and that means the notes provided by the grader (like "You
can earn partial credit on this problem") won't be shown until the
student first provides an answer. These messages are important,
particularly for sequential problems, and so need to appear even when
the problem is first shown, not just when answers have been submitted.
If Mike had another reason than just efficiency for not processing
answers on the first invocation of a problem, that will need to be
handled in a more sophisticated way.
Revision
5311 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 19:54:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Fix PG_restricted_eval so that no lexicals are used in the scope of the eval()
Revision
5309 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 18:34:50 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Added a version of PGstandard.pl which loads PG.pl, PGbasicmacros.pl,
PGanswermacros.pl, and PGauxiliaryFunctions.pl. It also includes POD
docs!
Revision
5307 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 17:03:09 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
pull in additional seed variables from dir_config (not used right now,
but makes things somewhat more flexible)
Revision
5306 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 17:01:55 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
will it never end?!?!?
Revision
5304 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:55:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): move NPL into main webwork distribution/database
Revision
5302 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:38:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
bring in sync with HEAD (remove comments)
Revision
5299 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:32:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
tiny backport from head: formatting, use $apache_use_ssl
Revision
5298 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:18:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Added more padding to .info-box ol
so that you can have more than 10 items in a numbered list (otherwise
the numbers like 15 were being cut off to 5
Revision
5297 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:15:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): not sure how that guy got in there...
Revision
5294 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 16:02:11 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
bring webwork.apache[2]-config.dist up to date with HEAD
Revision
5293 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:56:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Try this again.
Revision
5292 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:56:02 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Update -- added reference to the union theme in
addition to the moodle and math themes
Revision
5291 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:54:04 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Stop a recurring error on hosted2 -- unfortunately I'm
not sure what was triggering this error. I couldn't generate it but an
undefined set_id warning occured in many log entries from one course.
Revision
5290 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:52:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): don't use hardwired mysql and mysqldump commands.
Revision
5289 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:49:15 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): An updated template to use for new problems. A change
in global.conf must be made to use this.
Search for blankProblem
Revision
5288 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:48:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Allow several blank problems to be added at once to a
set.
Revision
5287 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:46:12 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Adding warnings when dates are not correctly defined
Revision
5286 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:41:20 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (glarose): Make sure logic in score display is correct.
Revision
5285 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:39:08 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (dpvc): Make TEXTAREA fields float above jsMath output as well
as INPUT fields.
Revision
5284 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:37:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): Added check for Email module
Revision
5283 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:36:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): use $ce->{externalPrograms}{gzip} rather than 'gzip'.
Revision
5282 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:35:49 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): change default location of gzip to match FHS, remove
old disabled code
Revision
5281 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:34:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (apizer): add gzip to list of apps to check for
Revision
5280 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:33:23 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (apizer): Change externalPrograms{tar} from /usr/bin/tar to
/bin/tar which is the "standard" location for tar
Revision
5279 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 10 01:32:44 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (glarose): Fix typo.
Revision
5273 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 23:29:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): move $defaultTheme above $webworkFiles{stylesheet} so
that it actually works.
Revision
5272 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 23:27:42 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (glarose): Update ProblemSet editing to take out editing of set
headers for gateway tests; this is a bit of a hack to deal with the
problem that editing/trying the set header fails for a gateway test. In
that the set header file isn't used for gateway tests I think this is
probably reasonable behavior.
Revision
5271 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 23:26:34 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (jj): If we allow a user to see a problem rendered in
Undefined_Set, then they have to have permission to use instructor
tools.
Revision
5270 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 23:25:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
when using loadMacros, add a newline before the file's contents in the
eval() statemet. this allows a POD directive on the first line of the
included file.
Revision
5268 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 23:10:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport: bring rel-2-4-dev in sync with HEAD
Revision
5266 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 21:48:16 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
allow value '' for restrict_ip to mean the same thing as "No"
Revision
5264 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 21:39:31 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
set the default value of restrict_ip to No
Revision
5262 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 19:17:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (sh002i): UGH! work around egrigious bug in course archiving
code.
Revision
5261 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 19:06:40 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (glarose): Update restrictions on set access to ignore the case
of
the set named 'Undefined_Set', which is used by the
library browser to view problems.
Revision
5260 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:35:39 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (gage): This is an experimental version of PGcomplexmacros2Exp.pl
Revision
5259 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:34:48 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Use defaultTheme
Revision
5258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:24:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
forward-port (gage): Don't processAnswers the first time a page is
viewed. (Process answers only if the submitAnswers, previewAnswers or
checkAnswers button has been pressed.)
Revision
5257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:22:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
forward-port (gage): Change the record key field to "0" from "1". This
picks out the studentID which is usually in the first column.
This is a temporary fix. We should change the scoring and merge
features to use the login as the primary key. That can await a general
cleanup and code factoring for the scoring and grade calculations
throughout WeBWorK.
Revision
5256 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:19:33 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
backport (dpvc): Bring jsMath up to version 3.4c.
This version adds new functionality to jsMath; in particular, most of
the macros and environments from the amsmath AMS-LaTeX package are now
available in jsMath's AMSmath extension. There are also some bug
fixes. See the change log for more details.
Revision
5255 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 17:09:00 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
fix "allow from all", fix capitalization, remove cruft
Revision
5250 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 9 02:36:56 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
updated for 2.4.x
Revision
5243 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 7 22:35:14 2007 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by
Copied from:
trunk revision 4972
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-4-dev'.
Revision
4972 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 31 14:39:10 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update database handling to save the last submitted answer to problems
for every preview or new page.
Revision
4971 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 30 19:56:01 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
bug fix to avoid warnings when dealing null fields with setting hide_score
and hide_score_by_problem for users.
Revision
4970 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 25 22:11:24 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Sync treatment of keywords to current version of loadDB2.
Revision
4969 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 24 17:55:37 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Pod documentation upgrades
Revision
4968 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 24 12:44:58 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Pod documentation added
Revision
4967 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 24 12:05:30 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added pod documentation
Revision
4966 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 23 17:30:35 2007 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added Davide Cervone's methods for evaluating formulas module 2pi
Used in complex variables in particular.
Revision
4964 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 22 18:02:40 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with List answer checking when one of the elements was
the constant 0 (a check for whether a value was defined was not
properly handling the case when the answer is zero (which counts as
false in a boolean check)).
Revision
4963 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 22 17:46:52 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When complex=>'ok' is used, make a COPY of the Complex context before
modifying it. (Otherwise we modify the ORIGINAL copy, and that is
persistent from problem to problem within one httpd child, which would
mean one problem could affect later ones.)
Revision
4962 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 16 00:36:37 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Real object to override the context's number format by setting
its format field. E.g.:
Real(1.2345)->with(format=>"%.2f")
Revision
4958 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 12 01:20:05 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 3.4b
Revision
4953 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 30 18:37:24 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed test file
Revision
4943 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 25 19:08:25 2007 UTC (6 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support log messages which have only added or deleted files, and no
modified files.
Revision
4933 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 20 17:58:15 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add where_student_id_eq clause for searching users.
Revision
4932 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 19 22:17:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added directory listing when a directory is being deleted. The
listing will show the total number of files in the direcotry, and the
top level contents of the directory (with numbers of items in the each
subdirectory listed, but not the contents). This resolves bug #1246.
Revision
4931 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 18 23:22:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to v3.4a, which includes:
* Fixed a problem with the noImageFonts plugin where extra fonts would
still try to use image fonts even when they were supposed to be
disabled. Also, noImageFonts now adjusts the error message to indicate
that unicode fonts will be used for fallback rather than image fonts.
* Fixed a problem where changes in the CSS line-height attribute could
cause alignment problems with arrays in MSIE.
* Fixed a number of alignment problems with MSIE when used with a
DOCTYPE that triggers "standards" mode rather than "quirks" mode.
* A bug fix needed for MSIE6 that is one of the sources of jsMath's
slowness with MSIE is now disabled when MSIE7 is used, since it is no
longer needed in that version. This should give a noticable speed
improvement for jsMath in MSIE7.
Revision
4930 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 18 22:37:59 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Clear the error message in Context before it is used in an answer
checker (prevents bleading of one error into a later answer).
Revision
4929 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 17 18:28:24 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Check for defined values to avoid uninitialized multiplication errors.
Revision
4928 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 17 00:36:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the way the Parser-based versions of the traditional answer
checkers get copies of their contexts. They now use a new method
getCopy to obtain the copy either from the problem's context table or
the default table (rather than only from the default). That way the
instructor can use parserCustomization.pl to customize the contexts
used by the answer checkers.
Revision
4927 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 17 00:31:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a Vector2D context that has i and j defined as vectors in
2-space so that they can be used to generate vectors in 2D. This
avoids students getting the "incorrect number of coordinates" error.
Revision
4926 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 9 21:01:51 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fixes. $urlPath->arg("setID") isn't always defined in our calls to
Authz::invalidIPAddress, and FormatRecords needs to know about versioned
sets. The latter fixes the bug in Hardcopy that just (didn't) get fixed
with the previous (not well enough tested) fix.
Revision
4925 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 9 20:20:29 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
bug fix: correct "sid" => "set_id"
Revision
4924 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 4 21:30:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fixes: correct hideWork -> hide_work, and ensure version numbers
get appended to started tests.
Revision
4923 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 4 15:06:01 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add set-level proctor login password for proctored gateway/quiz
assignments, improve handling of proctor keys and permissions for
proctored assignments, bug fixes for recently added features.
This commit
- adds the ability to specify a set-level proctor for proctored
gateway/quiz assignments. this is done by adding a proctor with
a username "set_id:setName", where "setName" is the name of the
set, adding a "restricted_login_proctor" field to the set tables
in the database, and allowing Authen::Proctor and
ContentGenerator::LoginProctor to appropriately deal with this
possibility.
- updates proctor permissions and status in global.conf.dist,
changing the old "proctor_quiz" permission level (3) into two
levels, "proctor_quiz_login" and "proctor_quiz_grade".
wwdb_upgrade includes a stanza to make this change to proctors
that already exist in courses.
- adds a "Proctor" status in %statuses in global.conf, with no
valid behaviors. this allows the creation of proctor users
in a course who have the permissionLevel to login (and thus
proctor), but not to access the course.
- improves GatewayQuiz explanatory messages when scores or work
are hidden.
- improves GatewayQuiz proctor key management, especially for
tests with more than one allowed attempt. this includes
adding a deleteAllProctorKeys() method to DB.pm.
- updates Instructor Tools, UserList.pm and ProblemSetDetail
to deal with set-level proctoring. c.f. the note below about
the ramifications of these changes.
- updates ProblemSetList to deal with new problem set fields
set_locations and set-level proctors that are located in a
different database table than the set data.
- fixes bugs in UserList and ProblemSetDetail dealing with the
setting of hide_score, hide_score_by_problem, and
time_limit_cap.
This update hides set-level proctor users from the classlist
editor (UserList.pm) and instructor tools (Index.pm) interfaces.
They can be created, modified, and deleted at the homework sets
editor page (ProblemSetDetail.pm) only, and there only implicitly:
we never indicate that a user is being created or modified behind
the screen.
Revision
4922 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 20:58:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update ProblemSetDetail to set both hide_score and hide_score_by_problem
set fields with a single selector. This is general, in the sense that
it should allow other combinations of fields to be set if that's
appropriate. This is a tentative commit; we may choose to back out the
changes later, especially if the data model for hiding scores is
changed.
Revision
4921 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 19:57:39 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to add preliminary support for hiding scores on problems only.
Revision
4920 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 19:56:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Patch to set default for time_cap set definition import and include
problem_randorder in set definition export.
Revision
4919 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 2 19:55:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Finally patch addUserProblem to use grok_vsetID.
Revision
4918 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 19:07:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Some bugfixes, preliminary commit of relax_restrict_ip function. this
commit
- adds relax_restrict_ip and hide_score_by_problem columns to the set
and set_user tables
- adds the corresponding fields to the Set and UserSet DB Records
- patches 'no location' handling in the location management routine
in CourseAdmin.pm
- improves Authz->checkSet's handling of the case of location
restriction when no addresses exist for a location, makes it
use any cached set that may be available, and makes it honor
relax_restrict_ip
- corrects a typo and some comments in DB.pm
- allows ip restriction fields in ProblemSetList when importing from
or exporting to set definition files
- updates ProblemSetDetail.pm to handle the relax_restrict_ip field
The relax_restrict_ip function has not been well tested.
hide_score_by_problem isn't yet used.
Revision
4917 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 14:21:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Usability update: add direct edit links to list of displayed locations,
ability to delete multiple locations selected from the list.
Revision
4916 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 13:02:05 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fix. Check for locations has to be with a non-versioned set_id.
Revision
4915 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 30 12:39:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Back out error checking of input data fields. This doesn't work with
the initial conversion of a set to a gateway/test assignment, because
at that point the fields have to be zero or empty.
Revision
4914 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 29 19:48:58 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
More gateway fixes/additions. This commit
- moves javascript code for gateways into htdocs/js/gateway.js,
- updates the gateway template to use that,
- updates the gateway CSS file to use Louis Zulli's workaround
for IE6 not honoring position:fixed, and adds CSS definitions
for a score reporting box for multi-page, multi-attempt quizzes,
- updates the GatewayQuiz module to print a score reporting box
for multi-page, multi-attempt quizzes,
- updates the Grades module to correctly sort problems for
GatewayQuiz assignments that have randomly ordered problems, and
- adds some error checking to ProblemSetDetail to avoid people
doing things like submitting a zero time limit for a gateway.
Revision
4913 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 29 17:42:54 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Change permission levels to display and edit levels as user roles
(guest, student, proctor, ta, professor) rather than numerical values.
Revision
4912 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 29 15:12:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update checkKeyfields to allow IP masks of the form [address]/[mask]
Revision
4911 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 28 19:16:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for centralization of set-level validity checks in Authz: check
for homework assignments being sent to the gateway content generator.
Revision
4910 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 28 18:32:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Follow up commit of IP address restriction code. This adds IP address
location management to CourseAdmin.pm, corrects a typo for location
address management in DB.pm, and makes ProblemSetDetail.pm prettier
when displaying locations for restrictions.
Revision
4909 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 20:12:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Second preliminary commit of changes to move set-level valid checks to
Authz. This makes ProblemSet.pm and Problem.pm use the
$self->{invalidSet} value set by ContentGenerator.pm, and means that
regular homework assignments may now be restricted to specific IP
addresses. This commit also corrects $userName/$effectiveUserName
errors I had in Authz->checkSet() and moves the actual IP address
checking to a separate subroutine in Authz. Hardcopy.pm uses that
routine to filter sets to be sure it doesn't generate hardcopies for
a IP address restricted set.
Revision
4908 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:15:19 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to clean up some code and use the ContentGenerator level check
for set validity. This update also updates indenting, standardizing
on a tab-based indent, which means that the diff will show almost all
of the code as changing. Sorry about that.
Revision
4907 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:13:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary commit of changes to Authz.pm and ContentGenerator.pm to
move set-level checks for set validity (set is open, published, IP
address restrictions, etc.) out of the individual ContentGenerator
modules. ContentGenerator now uses Authz::checkSet to check these
and stores any return message in $self->{invalidSet}. Individual
ContentGenerator modules can take advantage of this by checking the
value of $self->{invalidSet} that is preset (thus, this change should
be transparent for unchanged ContentGenerators).
Revision
4905 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:06:04 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug in site_check call.
Revision
4904 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 27 17:04:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary commit of code to restrict access to assignments by client
IP address. This commit adds the database tables for IP address
restriction, updates check_modules.pl to require Net::IP for address
matching, adds database calls in DB.pm for manipulating locations and
addresses, and adds location restriction to the set editing in
ProblemSetDetail.
This commit does not add actual restriction to sets, nor the ability
to create locations to which to restrict access.
Revision
4901 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 26 20:26:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace set ID underscores with spaces, not nonbreaking spaces (for IE6)
Revision
4900 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 26 19:50:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for warning when generating prettySetID
Revision
4897 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 22:37:52 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't up nonbreaking spaces in set names :P
Revision
4895 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 20:03:29 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace underscores with spaces in set names the links menu
Revision
4894 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:50:07 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Added authentication mechanism Cosign.pm. This implements WeBWorK
authentication using cosign[1], an open-source single sign-on system
developed at the University of Michigan. This should be a reasonable
model for other modules implementing external, directory or location
based, authentication for WeBWorK.
To use cosign authentication for WeBWorK, set $authen{user_module} in
global.conf to WeBWorK::Authen::Cosign, and then configure apache to
require cosign authentication to enter WeBWorK courses. If $cosignoff
is set to a true value in the course environment, standard WeBWorK
authentication is used for that course.
Note that cosign is a cookie-based authentication system. This means
that it is between very hard and impossible to authenticate multiple
users on the same computer/web browser at the same time. Thus it is
not possible to have both $authen{user_module} and $authen{proctor_module}
set to Cosign at the same time.
Implementation:
Cosign.pm inherits from Authen.pm. It redefines get_credentials to
force password authentication, and then assumes password checks succeed.
Because cosign is a Location/Directory based apache authentication
system, by the time the user gets to the Authen module we know that she
has successfully authenticated against cosign. We also modify the
forget_verification method to return a redirect to the course environment
variable $cosign_logout_script.
[1] <http://www.umich.edu/~umweb/software/cosign/>
Revision
4893 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:39:50 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add support for external authentication systems. This is appropriate
if something like an apache directory or location based authentication
system (such as cosign, basic or digest auth) is used. In these cases,
WeBWorK may not handle the logout procedure, and we need information
from the Authentication module to determine the correct action. We
allow for the case of redirects here, but this could easily be
extended if needed.
Implementation: pre_header_initialize() checks for $authen->{redirect}
to be defined and true after calling $authen->forget_verification().
If to, we set $self->reply_with_redirect to the value of returned by
$authen->{redirect}.
This update also moves key deletion from body() to
pre_header_initialize(), so that those actions take place before any
redirect.
Revision
4892 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:35:42 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add support for external authentication systems. This is appropriate
if something like an apache directory or location based authentication
system (such as cosign, basic or digest auth) is used. In these cases,
by the time the user gets to a ContentGenerator in the WeBWorK system
she has successfully authenticated against the external authentication
system, and so if there was an error it indicates that the user was
not allowed to enter the course for some other reason. Thus, in this
case we print an error message and skip the WeBWorK login form.
Implementation:
body() checks for $authen->{external_auth} to be defined and true;
if so, only the authentication error and an informational message
about the external authentication system is printed. If undefined
or false, any authentication error is printed and the login form,
as usual.
Revision
4891 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 22 13:28:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Comment out residual debugging "warn" statement.
Revision
4890 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 16 00:43:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed message given when an executable is not found -- fixes bug #1153.
Revision
4889 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 16 00:19:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accept argument "apache1" or "apache2" to control which modules to check
for. this resolves bug #1151.
Revision
4888 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 23:57:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support for Apache::WeBWorK on the server root -- resolves bug #1150.
Revision
4887 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:08:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update quiz prefix for arrays. This is not a complete fix, but it
gets incrementally closer to a fix.
Revision
4886 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:08:17 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make getAllMergedProblemVersions and getAllProblemVersions order returned
data by problem ID.
Revision
4885 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:07:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add export option for gateway set fields. Include time_cap in the
list of fields in the set.
Revision
4884 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:06:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Fix state retention when previewing or checking answers by retaining
page but not worrying about preview or answer check. Reduce PG
translation for multipage tests by only translating problems on
submission or as needed when checking. Clean up some calls to get
problems so that db->getAll... problems calls are used. Add course
logging for preview, newpage, and grading. Add "Show Past Answers"
form/button as appropriate.
Please note: there is an interesting question about the order in
which problems are logged for the case when problems on a test/quiz
are ordered randomly. In this case, the problems are logged in the
course answer_log in the order in which they appear on the test.
However, when viewing grades and student progress, at the moment
this is not the case. In the long run we probably want the grades
page to conform to the order shown in the test, while we may want
the student progress page to match the order seen in the actual
test definition. For the moment that's probably a bug.
Revision
4883 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 15 22:00:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add comment requested for heaven's sake.
Revision
4882 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 23:52:43 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
wrap message for preview. resolves bug #1147.
Revision
4881 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 23:38:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accidental commit of "die" that i added for testing (whoops).
Revision
4880 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 22:50:36 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
error handler in the post-connection subroutine that sends the error to
the professor by email and also logs it to the apache log.
resolves bug #1120, sort of.
Revision
4879 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 17:29:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check on the number of addresses in the From and Reply-to fields.
this resolves bug #1131.
Revision
4878 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 00:37:40 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected typo
Revision
4877 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 14 00:35:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments about working with complex variables
Revision
4875 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 21:18:18 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Bug fixes in implementation of hide_score and hide_work.
Revision
4874 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:46:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new values of hide_score and hide_work.
Revision
4873 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:45:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to make hardcopy generation respect a set's hide_work setting,
allow those with permission to generate hardcopies for multiple sets
to print versioned sets.
Revision
4872 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:44:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to use hide_score and hide_work, adding new values and including
the new permissionLevel from global.conf. In ProblemSets.pm also fix
hardcopy selector value for gateway tests.
Revision
4871 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:42:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update Set.pm and UserSet.pm files to reflect more intelligible values
of hide_work and hide_score.
Revision
4870 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:40:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add permissionLevels entry for view_hidden_work.
Revision
4869 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 13 15:38:23 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update stanzas for modifying hide_score and hide_work columns in set
and set_user to have more intelligible names, and add a default value.
Revision
4868 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 12 19:43:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Better messages when no recipients are selected -- resolves bug 1130.
Revision
4867 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 11 16:11:20 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file loads Parser.pl. It is part of a campaign to replace the term "parser object"
with MathObject which should sound more intuitive for those who are unaware of the development
history of the PG language.
Revision
4866 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 11 11:40:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a deprecated usage of defined(@result)
Revision
4865 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:09:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for gateway parameters hide_score until set due date, hide_work
until set due date, and add time_limit_cap.
Revision
4864 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:08:08 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
update to allow hide_score until set due date.
Revision
4863 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:07:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
add stanzas to update definitions of hide_score and hide_work in set and
userset, and to add time_limit_cap column to those tables.
Revision
4862 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:06:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
update hide_score and hide_work records for sets and usersets, add
time_limit_cap column to tables.
Revision
4861 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 9 21:05:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update set editing to allow new gateway options, fix display of options
with labels when editing for users, make more gateway parameters editable
for users, add override checkboxes for drop down menus for parameters
when editing for users.
Revision
4860 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 8 21:50:05 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Intermediate commit. This should speed up working on long multipage
tests by not translating pages that aren't on the current page unless
we're grading or checking the test.
There is still a bug in the GatewayQuiz module when dealing with
multipage, multiattempt tests, however. Management of the grading/
previewing state isn't being handled correctly, so the logic for
that needs to be reworked.
Revision
4856 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 7 18:34:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation
Revision
4852 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 7 17:43:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-throw unrecognized exceptions
Revision
4851 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 7 17:34:42 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new NewSQL versioning API.
Revision
4850 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:03:15 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add check for whether self->{login_type} is defined. I'm not sure
why this is necessary, but we get warnings when entering from
LoginProctor otherwise.
Revision
4849 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:02:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct addkey to allow for proctor grading keys, restore ordering to
listSetVersions.
Revision
4848 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:01:58 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new newSQL version API.
Revision
4847 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 22:01:27 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Clean up code, completely rewrite output of test headers to simplify
logical structure.
Revision
4846 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 21:57:44 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
setting $this_set='' is unnecessary. getMergedSet returns undef in
scalar context if the record is not found. also fixed some indentation.
Revision
4845 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:52:26 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Documenation addition
Revision
4844 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:51:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Format fix
Revision
4843 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:34:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add some external program paths
Revision
4842 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:33:53 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use path to cp in course environment
Revision
4841 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:33:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
better error reporting for external program calls
Revision
4840 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 6 01:30:43 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
better error reporting for external programs
Revision
4839 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:06:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to fix scoring of multipart problems.
Revision
4838 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:06:34 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Minor updates to clean comments, some logic, and display of versioned
sets.
Revision
4837 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:05:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to use new newSQL versioning API. Also fixes display of correct
answers so that correct answers to a versioned set are visible if the
available attempts on the set are exhausted and the version's answer
date has been reached, but not before.
Revision
4836 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 23:02:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update sortByName() utility to allow sorting on multiple fields. This
allows sorting on set_id and version_id, which is desirable for
versioned sets.
Revision
4835 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 5 19:07:45 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace system() calls with readpipe() calls -- arguments are escaped
and stdout/stderr are captured, and exit status is reported accurately.
Revision
4834 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 23:39:20 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting changes in documentation
Revision
4833 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 23:26:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More format changes to documentation
Revision
4832 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:50:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More formatting changes.
Revision
4831 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:46:01 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Documentation formatting changes
Revision
4830 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:21:54 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove old versioning methods that are no longer used by any client code
Revision
4829 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 22:10:40 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated documentation in response to comments from Davide.
More comments welcome. :-)
--Mike
Revision
4828 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 21:06:17 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use this macro package to define macros for
examining the current environment. Useful for
creating problems and for debugging.
Revision
4827 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 20:58:26 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added pod documentation for these files
Revision
4826 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 20:57:00 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correct pretty_print so that it protects for HTML output
(replaces < by <)
Revision
4825 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 4 20:44:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correct pretty_print
so that it protects < for printing in HTML.
Replace occurences of < with < in the data
This was done with straight substitution -- perhaps a protectHTML macro should have been used?
Revision
4824 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 3 00:31:14 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only show the adaptive parameters where there actually ARE some, and
fix a typo when looking up the adaptive points when there aren't any.
Revision
4823 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 3 00:17:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved Formula diagonstics when adaptive parameters are used. They
now allow you to graph the functions (they are no longer considered
multi-variable functions), and the values reported are the adapted
values rather then the unadapted correct answers. This now correctly
reflects the tests that are being performed.
Revision
4822 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 3 00:11:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use zeroLevelTol values when checking answers that have adaptive parameters.
Revision
4821 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:28:52 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
explain seemingly nonsensical line of code
Revision
4820 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:26:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove commented-out sql_table_names hash
Revision
4819 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:25:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reorder sections so that they're in the same order as the tables in database.conf
i think the database.conf order makes more sense, anyway. this will make
it easier for me to find things.
Revision
4818 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:22:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
confirmed a fix by gavin -- i had said "grep" when i should have said "map".
(there's no need for the grep, in any case)
Revision
4817 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:19:55 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use updated Merged.pm rather than VersionedMerged.pm
Revision
4816 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:18:04 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updates to allow merging and versioning to interact gracefully:
- use table aliasing to be able to refer to the same table by two
different names
- call sql_field_expression to get SQLized field names (the
implementation in Versioned.pm returns a SUBSTRING(...) expression)
- use the implementations of conv_where and keyparts_to_where from the
primary table being merged (this allows Versioned.pm to provide
appropriate WHERE conditions)
- remove Gavin's change that ignores versioned tables
Revision
4815 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:12:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't quote table names that are scalar references, dereference them
instead
Revision
4814 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:11:42 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add sql_field_expression method to return a fully-SQLized, quoted
expression that can be used to represent the field in a field list or
WHERE clause (but not as an lvalue in a SET clause)
Revision
4813 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 23:09:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't quote table/field names in grok_*_from_vsetID_sql, do it in caller
Revision
4812 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:36:00 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for NewSQL new versioning API, make a lot of indenting more
uniform, make display of versioned sets that are assigned to a user
but haven't been taken better.
Revision
4811 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:35:13 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for NewSQL versioned API.
Revision
4810 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:34:54 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Finish update for weighted problems; update to make attempts_per_version
work better for number of attempts greater than one.
Revision
4809 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 2 21:34:12 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct listSetVersions to sort output.
Revision
4808 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 23:35:18 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Documentation additions
Revision
4807 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:47:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated version of the check_modules function. This should make it easier to
add more functionality to this file.
Revision
4806 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:43:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Minor documentation changes.
Use html entity to represent dollar sign on the web.
Revision
4805 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:20:36 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update comments.
Revision
4804 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:20:24 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update for new NewSQL database API, improve display of test/quiz
assignments.
Revision
4803 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:19:40 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update assignUseSetVersionToUser and assignProblemSetVersionToUser to
use new NewSQL API.
Revision
4802 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:18:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update GatewayQuiz ContentGenerator to use new NewSQL API, clean up some
comments, deal with bug where last answer would be saved when there
are no remaining allowed submissions, update to use maxAttempts == -1
instead of 0, update to try and deal with problems with weights
not equal to one (untested).
Revision
4801 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:15:24 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Updates for new NewSQL Versioned API; update listProblemVersions,
getAllProblemVersions, getMergedProblemVersion.
Revision
4800 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:11:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to include needed where_ conversion methods:
set_id_eq_problem_id_eq and user_id_eq_set_id_eq_version_id_eq.
Revision
4799 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:10:37 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update to avoid versioned tables, which are now dealt with in
VersionedMerge.pm
Revision
4798 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:09:51 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
New Schema to support merging of versioned sets in NewSQL. This is a
horribly brutal hack that seeks to get something working until Sam
comes up with one of his gloriously elegant and sophisticated
solutions.
Revision
4797 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 1 22:07:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add stanzas for set_version_merged and problem_version_merged. These
exist as part of a brutal hack to get NewSQL working with versions.
c.f. DB::Schema::NewSQL::VersionMerged.pm
Revision
4796 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 27 16:16:41 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add conditional to check whether set assignment/unassignment needs to
be done before making a database call to do so. Resolves a problem I
was having with duplicate entries in set_user being created before a
database error was returned warning about duplicate sets.
Revision
4795 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 25 20:59:09 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid an infinite loop when string-values formulas are used in a List.
Allow diagonstics to work for complex-valued functions.
Revision
4794 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 24 03:09:07 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
set the z-index of the answer boxes so that the jsMath equations will
not overlap them. (Some of the TeX fonts have large depths, and this
can cause them to overlap the links and input widgets on lower
lines in some browsers.)
Also use addEventListener or attachEvent to add the onload handler
since the window.onload handler can only be used by one piece of code.
Revision
4793 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 22 17:44:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
THIS UPDATE BREAKS CONTENT GENERATORS: split up methods for versioned
and non-versioned sets, and added new implementations for merged
versioned sets. (i'm mainly committing this so gavin can see what i've
done and give me input.)
Revision
4792 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 22 16:43:56 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add set_version and problem_version tables, change schema for set_user
and problem_user tables.
Revision
4791 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 22 01:25:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
list keyfields explicitly, so that we can have the ProblemVersion
keyfields in the correct order (user_id,set_id,version_id,problem_id)
Revision
4790 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 22:10:09 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restrict where clauses generated from keyparts which don't mention
either set_id or version_id
Revision
4789 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 19:53:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added keyparts_to_where wrapper for combined set_id/version_id
Revision
4788 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:07:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get_fields_where*: when field list is unspecified, use all fields rather
than letting sqlabstract default to "*". (also remove unneeded
Data::Dumper import)
Revision
4787 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:05:19 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added make_vsetID_sql, fixed an off-by-1 in grok_setID_from_vsetID_sql
Revision
4786 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:04:21 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
schema-level support for a version field embedded in the set ID.
TODO:
- modify DB.pm to NOT use version/non-version specific where clause
names, and commit removal of those names from NewSQL.pm (done but not
committed yet, since we don't want to break things too badly)
- modify DB.pm to provide a completely separate suite of methods for
versioned sets/problems
Revision
4785 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:01:47 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
versioned subclasses of UserSet/UserProblem
Revision
4784 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 20 00:00:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove leftover debugging code (Data::Dumper)
Revision
4782 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 19:29:32 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Set SMTP envelope sender to $ce->{mail}{smtpSender} rather than user's
from address. This prevents some mailservers from rejecting the mail for
having a forged sender address.
Revision
4781 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 19:08:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added warning message when moodle session is not found.
Revision
4780 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 19:00:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
revert file-based mail status changes (but keep formatting fixes)
Revision
4778 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 14 18:16:46 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Set SMTP envelope sender to $ce->{mail}{smtpSender} rather than user's
from address. This prevents some mailservers from rejecting the mail for
having a forged sender address.
Revision
4776 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 12 21:35:38 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments about how to install the file.
Revision
4775 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 12 21:32:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Completely rewrote the file to use a different technique. Instead of
looking for unbeforeunload events (which didn't work reliably, since
Firefox will reload the page before it has a chance to install the
handler), we look for F5 key events and F5 ignore keydown events, but
reload the page on F5 keyup instead. This skips the autorepeating
keys and only reloads the page when the user lets go of the key. So
there is only one reload. After several autorepeated F5 keypresses, a
dialog will appear asking you to check if something is holding down
the F5 key.
Revision
4774 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 11 23:34:31 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected comment indicating time was in micro- rather than
milliseconds.
Revision
4773 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 11 04:44:27 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for uncheckable radio buttons (when JavaScript it
active). You specify an uncheckable buttons by including the
uncheckable=>1 or uncheckable=>"shift" options to the RadioButtons()
call.
Revision
4772 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 10 00:09:52 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New macros for using Radio buttons with the new Parser
Revision
4771 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 10 00:07:50 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with the custom list checker setting the wrong field
for the checker (OOPS!)
Revision
4770 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 9 23:35:48 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements a JavaScript solution to prevent excessive reloads by
students who prop their books on the F5 key.
Revision
4769 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 9 01:13:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the transaction log from a course directory log to a system directory log
to work around a bug in surePathToTempFile.
this hack works around bug #1133 for now.
--Mike
Revision
4768 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 6 22:32:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
perliminary steps to splitting versioned and non-versioned user sets.
TODO:
- modify DB.pm to NOT use version/non-version specific where clause
names, and commit removal of those names from NewSQL.pm
- modify DB.pm to provide a completely separate suite of methods for
versioned sets/problems
- add VersionedUserSet and VersionedUserProblem records classes, make
them subclasses of UserSet and UserProblem. include fake 'version'
field.
- add boxing/unboxing routines for those record classes.
- figure out what to do about listing versioned sets/problems, since
some of the keyparts is going to be synthesized. (post-filter on
get_fields_where?)
Revision
4767 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:32:06 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed input to rungeKutta4 so that it matches the pod description --
i.e. it takes as its first argument a reference to a
subroutine defining a vectorField
as opposed to an answer hash.
Revision
4766 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:25:18 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added new permissable log files.
that can be written to.
Revision
4765 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:23:05 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Begin pod documentation.
Revision
4764 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 3 15:20:25 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added a "level" to pretty_print to prevent it from descending too far down
nested hashes. The default level is set at 3 which is probably enough for
most purposes.
Revision
4763 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 1 22:43:07 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that something gets passed to renderProblems() for the userSet
even when a global set is being edited and it isn't assigned to any
users. Gets rid of "odd number of elements in hash assignment" errors
in renderProblems. Because renderProblems plugs in a fake set if it
gets a false value in for the userSet, sending in '' appears to solve
the problem.
Revision
4762 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 1 04:37:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed scommented out code and
spiffed up the documentation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
4761 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 31 16:17:48 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to multi_cmp which makes it easier to debug.
We will probably want to get rid of this entirely in favor of List answers, but meantime
I'm documenting the problems.
Revision
4760 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 31 16:16:44 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added space when combining preview latex strings (foo + bar became foo\quadbar which didn't work
now its foo \quad bar which is better.
Revision
4758 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 30 21:35:28 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
alternate implementation of DelayedMailer that uses Mail::Sender rather
than Net::SMTP. This is somewhat more flexible, but currently doesn't
play well with Safe.pm. (I forget exactly how, but I have it on record
somewhere.)
Revision
4756 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 24 22:20:35 2007 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix permission not getting set (introduced with prior changes) UGH!
Revision
4755 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 19 21:58:11 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add guestsPermissionLevel parameter
Revision
4754 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 19 21:57:57 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting
Revision
4753 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 19 16:20:59 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
the parameter is called moodle17, not moodle_version
Revision
4752 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 21:17:10 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed warning message.
Revision
4751 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 20:59:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in defining PermissionLevels (missing s in
teachersPermissionLevel) etc.
Revision
4750 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 19:49:26 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo in "non_native"
Revision
4749 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 18 19:37:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo (calling sql->quote instead of sql->_quote)
Revision
4742 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 23:56:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed lexical redefinition warning
Revision
4741 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 22:51:03 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added code to display mail merge status from coursedir/DATA/mailmerge.
nothing writes/deletes the status files yet though, that is next. :)
Revision
4740 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 20:35:58 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary Moodle 1.7 support. There is still some work to do on this,
but I think it belongs in MAIN now.
Revision
4739 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 20:22:45 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add flag to set problem seed in assignProblemToUser and assignProblemToUserSet
Revision
4738 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 8 18:32:29 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed unused import of WeBWorK::DB::Utils::initializeUserProblem.
Revision
4737 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 4 00:02:49 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos.
-- Mike
Revision
4736 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 3 23:59:02 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Gave a bit more information when the scoring data (.csv ) file doesn't exist. This gives the
user a clue as to what to name the file.
-- Mike
Revision
4735 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 3 22:47:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect lookup of which set to view when viewing problems
"From This Course". The problem was introduced in version 1.69.
Similar errors were also in the other viewing modes, but were
corrected for "Local Problems" in 1.70 and for "Set Definitions Files"
in 1.73.2.1 (though I have updated the latter to be consistent with
the other cases).
Revision
4733 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 1 16:20:16 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cleaned up code, updated README.
There is still much code that needs to be factored.
Merged changes in webwork_xmlrpc_client2.pl into webwork_xmlrp_client.pl
and removed the first file.
-- Mike
Revision
4731 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 1 15:16:30 2007 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Factoring code for the WeBWorK webservice clients
Revision
4730 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 19 22:25:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pre-load mod_perl2 so that subsequent "use mod_perl" lines don't load
mod_perl 1. (this wasn't a problem for us, but it was for others.)
Revision
4729 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 16 14:10:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add a new operator // to be the same as / except its TeX form is a/b
rather than \frac{a}{b}. This makes it possible get horizontal
fractions in exponents, for example, where vertical fractions often
don't look so good.
Revision
4728 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 16 14:07:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use Perl reals rather than Parser Reals in matrix for adaptive
parameters.
Revision
4727 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 16 14:07:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed type in comment.
Revision
4726 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 14 21:46:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
preliminary parser for "=for WeBWorKDocs" sections containing lists of perlrefs.
Revision
4722 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 9 03:29:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use student ID for password if password field is defined but empty
Revision
4715 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 8 20:12:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
handle "added files" properly
Revision
4705 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 6 02:23:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't include Safe::Hole anymore
Revision
4701 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 23:23:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changes for DelayedMailer
Revision
4700 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:59:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use DelayedMailer instead of RestrictedMailer
Revision
4698 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:58:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a stopgap solution to the PG/Net::SMTP problem
Revision
4697 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:57:53 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move constituency_hash into Utils.pm
Revision
4696 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 5 20:56:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use croak instead of die in constructor
Revision
4695 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:19:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work functions, allowing suppression of the
display of the score on the assignment and/or the work the student
submitted. Also updates the treatment of due and answer_date fields.
Now setting the due and answer dates to the same time will (should?)
make answers available once the test is completed (e.g., all attempts
are exhausted); setting the answer date to after the due date leaves
the correct answers unavailable until a similar time has passed from
when the test is completed. And the problem/page jump links are
cleaned up to be more concise for multipage tests.
Revision
4694 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:12:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work fields to the homework list/editor, and to
the set definition file import.
Revision
4693 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:11:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work fields to set editing. Currently these are
sequestered in the Gateway Parameters section of the edit form, because
the fields are only used by gateway/quiz assignments. In the long run
they want to be moved out to apply to assignments more generally.
Revision
4692 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:09:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hiding of scores for gateway/quiz assignments with hide_score set.
Revision
4691 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:08:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct braces in eval { }. I think we can call this a typo.
Revision
4690 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:06:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct addUserProblem for versioned sets. This is probably a fix for a
problem that should be dealt with by addressing the issue of versioning
more globally in DB.pm. For the moment this deals with the need to check
for the existence of a problem against the non-versioned set when adding
problems to a user set version.
Revision
4689 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 17:04:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work fields to the set and user_set records.
These are currently only used by gateway/quiz assignments.
Revision
4688 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 1 16:45:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add hide_score and hide_work columns to the set and set_user tables.
These are currently only used by gateway/quiz assignments.
Revision
4686 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 30 01:29:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't die when scoring file doesn't exist (fixes bug #1138).
Revision
4684 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 30 01:00:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
read_scoring_file: return a reference to an empty hash if filename is "None".
This satisfies SendMail.pm, which expects a hashref unless there's an error.
Revision
4683 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 28 22:29:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix moodle 1.5/6 session handling
Revision
4682 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 28 22:16:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Moodle 1.7 compatibility: This is Mike's current work on Moodle 1.7
compatibility, cross-ported from rel-2-3-exp.
Changes from:
lib/WeBWorK/Authen/Moodle.pm: 1.9 -> 1.9.2.2
lib/WeBWorK/DB/Schema/NewSQL/Moodle.pm: 1.5 -> 1.5.4.1
Revision
4680 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 28 19:12:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SECURITY: tighter constraints on which macro files can be loaded without
restriction. Previously, any file that *contained* the strings PG.pl,
dangerousMacros.pl, or IO.pl would be loaded with an empty opmask.
This is the second attempt to close this hole. The previous attempt
assumed that | binds tighter than ^ and $, which is not true. (Noticed
by dpvc). It also failed to escape metacharacters in the file names.
Revision
4679 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 22:11:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added mail_answers_to3, which currently does not work, to eventually
replace mail_answers_to2, which also does not work.
I thought now would be a good time to commit this, so that others can
look at it if they like. The problem is that when RestrictedMailer is
used within a PG safe compartment, it hangs on opening the SMTP
connection and the problem times out after 60 seconds.
This mockup I made works perfectly however, and I can't see how the PG
safe compartment is different. Here it is:
my $mailer = new WeBWorK::Utils::RestrictedMailer(
params => {
from => 'sh002i@math.rochester.edu',
smtp => 'mail.math.rochester.edu',
headers => 'X-Remote-Host: 128.151.231.10',
debug => "debug.txt",
keepconnection => 1,
subject => "generic subject",
on_errors => 'die',
},
lock_by_default => 1,
allow_change => [qw/fake_from to fake_to cc fake_cc bcc/],
allowed_recipients => [qw/sh002i@math.rochester.edu sam@uofr.net/],
fatal_errors => 1,
);
my $rmailer = new WeBWorK::Utils::RestrictedClosureClass($mailer,
qw/Open SendEnc Close Cancel skipped_recipients error error_msg/);
my $safe = new Safe;
${$safe->varglob('the_date')} = `date`;
my $hole = new Safe::Hole {};
my $rmailer_wrapped = $hole->wrap($rmailer);
${$safe->varglob('TEST')}{rmailer} = $rmailer_wrapped;
my $result = $safe->reval(<<'EOF');
my $rmailer = $TEST{rmailer};
my $open_result = $rmailer->Open({
to => 'sam@uofr.net',
#subject => "this is only a test",
});
print "open_result=$open_result\n";
my $sendenc_result = $rmailer->SendEnc("Hello world, the time is " . $the_date);
print "sendenc_result=$sendenc_result\n";
$rmailer->Close;
EOF
die "reval threw an exception: $@" if $@;
Revision
4678 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:57:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting, ordering
Revision
4677 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:37:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Add wrapped RestrictedMailer instance to PG envir.
Revision
4676 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:36:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
wrapper for Mail::Sender that restricts the arguemnts that can be passed
to various "dangerous" methods. It is designed for use with
RestrictedClosureClass and Safe::Hole.
NOTE THAT THIS CLASS DOESN'T PROVIDE SAFETY ON ITS OWN. READ THE
COMMENTS FOR MORE INFO.
Revision
4675 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:34:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed extra blank line
Revision
4674 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 18:32:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate useless double-assignment (which could cause a later security
issue if someone comments out the second assignment and not the first)
Revision
4673 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 04:21:59 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the guts of this to pg/lib/Parser/Legacy/NumberWithUnits.pl,
since most of the code is common. This is a shell that now only
defines the FormulaWithUnits() function.
Revision
4672 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 04:20:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Abstracted the NumberWithUnits to a more general ObjectWithUnits and
moved the FormulaWithUnits to this file as well, since most of the
code is common. Although, strictly speaking, FormulaWithUnits is not
legacy code, since the general object-with-units is here, it will be
easier to maintain FormulaWithUnits here as well. When the Parser
gets a real units class, all of this can be removed.
Also fixed the unit lookup code to use the actual names from the Units
library, so we can now be more accurate about determining the extent
of the units, and can handle things like '5 kg m / s' now. In the
case of ambiguous formulas with units, e.g., '5m kg' where m is a
variable, use '5*m kg' or '(5m) kg'.
Revision
4671 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 02:01:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make
Units::fundamental_units and
Units::known_units public hashes.
Revision
4670 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 00:08:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed usage comments to do formulas rather than just numbers.
Revision
4669 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 27 00:00:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Units.pm library only accepts one division within the units, and
the Parser wasn't taking that into account, so students could enter
m/s/s and still get credit even if the units were m/s. This have been
fixed.
Revision
4668 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 23:59:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provides a formula with units (as opposed to a number with units).
This does introduce some ambiguity issues, since variable names could
look like units in some cases. E.g., s + 5 m/s could look like
(s + 5*m/s) rather than (s + 5) meters/second.
The parser will take the largest string at the end of the answer that
could be treated as units so s + 5m/s is (s+5) meters/second.
The Units.pm library requries units to be separated by * or / and
only one / is allowed, so s + 5m s is (s+5m) seconds not (s+5) m*s.
Something like 5 m/s/s will generate an error (it shouold be written
m/s*s or m/s^2), and 5 kg m/s should be written 5 kg*m/s.
[If we made the hash of known units be public rather than private in
Units, we could do a better job of this, and could treat kg m/s as
kg*m/s for example.]
Revision
4667 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:58:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where the TeX version included two copies of the units
(one in TeX mode and one from the string() output).
Revision
4666 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:57:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated NumberWithUnits to use Parser::LEgacy::NumberWithUnits rather
than having a separate implementation here. This will guarantee that
it is consistent with num_cmp() and prevents unneeded duplication of
code.
Revision
4665 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:28:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Didn't need to override the perl fields for the integer-only methods,
since all the checking is done in the parser.
Revision
4664 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 21:15:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements special power operators that check for special
conditions (like no powers of 'e', or only integer powers). See the
contents of the file for documentation.
Revision
4663 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 20:30:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have additional information given when not enough
test points can be generated for a function comparison. By default,
this information is NOT shown (since it could give students additional
information about what answer is expectd). Professors can request it
by setting the 'showTestPointErrors' flag in the Context().
Revision
4662 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Nov 26 20:11:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow overridden Parser classes to generate error messages that the
student will see. (For formulas, error messages are trapped silently
by the overridden == and will not be seen. This lets Parser objects
force a message to be seen.)
Revision
4655 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 22 17:18:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in wwassignment_gradeMethods which calculated whether a
problem was correct based on whether the number of correct answers was
greater than 0. This is inaccurate when an instructor marks a problem
correct for everyone in a class. This action changes the status to 1
but does not change the "num_correct" parameter.
The wwassignment_gradeMethods is updated to use "status" instead of
"num-correct" in determining the grade for the gradeSimple procedure.
The gradeDeductRetry method still needs modification.
Revision
4654 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 15 16:50:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SECURITY: tighter constraints on which macro files can be loaded without
restriction. Previously, any file that *contained* the strings PG.pl,
dangerousMacros.pl, or IO.pl would be loaded with an empty opmask.
Revision
4649 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 18:05:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make default feedback button name "Email instructor" for those who don't
want to update global.conf.
Revision
4648 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 17:27:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
typo fix
Revision
4647 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 16:53:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
label proctor login_type with the user ID of the student
Revision
4646 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 16:48:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improvements to Authen logging:
- add login_type field (normal, guest, proctor, proctor_grading)
- add initial_login field to control when success loggin occurs
- log password success/failure directly, but also log overall success or
failure at end of verify()
- add log_error field to for overall failure message
- improve wording of some error messages
Revision
4645 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 13 16:19:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow replacing feedback button with a link to an arbitrary URL.
Revision
4642 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 10 17:56:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
complete the fix for the undefined problibs hash problem.
Revision
4636 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:30:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
import parse_scoring_file routine (THIRD TIME'S THE CHARM)
Revision
4635 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:27:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
import parse_scoring_file routine
Revision
4634 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:24:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accidental commit
Revision
4633 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 6 22:21:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
import parse_scoring_file routine
Revision
4626 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 3 23:35:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made str_cmp accept blank answers again. Fixes bug #1123.
Note: if you use blank answers, the "n of the questions remain
unanswered" message will tell you how many of the answers should be
left blank. It is probably worth working out a method of having blank
entries that are only marked correct when all the other answers are
correct (this would take a special grader; I have this as part of the
weighted grader, but it is not common knowledge).
Revision
4625 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 3 23:05:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with checking Matrices of dimension 1 x n.
(Fixes bug 1122.)
Revision
4601 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:53:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add where_email_address_nonempty, remove commented-out code
Revision
4600 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:52:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove some commented-out code
Revision
4599 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:51:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add methods that expose the "where" interface of NewSQL
Revision
4598 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 31 18:46:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
standardize routines for reading scoring files, resolves bug #932.
Revision
4597 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 30 20:51:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove commented-out non-apache2-compatible code
Revision
4596 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 30 20:47:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
apache2 compatibility fixes
Revision
4595 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 30 20:46:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make full copy of param data for apache 2
Revision
4594 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 22:49:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make this work with Apache2 (i can't believe this wasn't caught earlier)
Revision
4593 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 15:49:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix box() to actually do undef=>"" conversion (oops), simplify unbox().
Revision
4592 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:25:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use fetchrow_array rather than fetchrow_arrayref in get iterator
Revision
4591 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:24:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add where_user_id_like()
Revision
4590 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:23:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add where_user_id_like(), make box() more concise, formatting fixes.
Revision
4589 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:22:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
construct from hashrefs and arrayrefs in addition to hashes and objects,
add toArray method.
Revision
4588 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 25 14:20:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add schema accessor methods (ie $db->User), make gen_new more concise.
Revision
4587 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:33:20 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add "exists" methods, remove commented-out $where vars, fix usage of
grok_versionID_from_vsetID_sql, make getUserSetVersions behave
correctly.
Revision
4586 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:32:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
needs "v" in make/grok_vsetID, move "+0" numeric cast into
grok_versionID_from_vsetID_sql, add parens.
Revision
4585 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:30:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added where_versionedset_user_id_eq_set_id_eq_version_id_le
Revision
4584 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 17:29:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
override _order_by to allow passthrough of literal SQL via scalar refs.
Revision
4583 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 11:43:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure \cdot is only used for a numeric right-hand part (finishes
fix of bug 1114).
Revision
4582 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 23 11:38:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use \cdot when a number is followed by a numeric fraction.
(Fixes bug 1114.)
Revision
4581 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 20 16:33:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
This script is for use on the annoyingly-corrupted tmon.out files that
Devel::DProf generates when Safe compartments are used. It escapes
nonprintable characters and spurrious newlines.
Revision
4580 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 19 17:37:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change the way where_* subs are called, bugfixes.
Revision
4579 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 19 17:35:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move moodle session table access routines to Authen::Moodle.
Revision
4578 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 18 01:45:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to version 3.3g:
* When the AMSsymbols extension is loaded, the \mathbb macro is now
changed to use the blackboard bold characters that are in the msbm
font. (In the past, this would occur when the msbm font is first
loaded, but the change should be made right away, since a use of
\mathbb should cause the msbm font to load if it isn't already.)
* Fixed a bug introduced in version 3.3f that causes tex2math (when
used with autoload) to cause MSIE/PC to stop processing display
mathematics in some situations.
* Fixed problem with \longmapsto that caused gaps between the
characters that form the arrow. Also worked around a problem with
Firefox that caused \mapsto to lose its vertical tick at the
left-hand end of the arrow.
* Fixed a problem with autoload where multiple calls to tex2math could
cause tex2math to convert \$ to $ and then later try to interpret
the $ as a start-of-math delimiter, even though it was previously
escaped.
* Reorganized the autoload plugin so that jsMath.Autoload.Run() no
longer needs to be called. In the past, autoload would use tex2math
to look for text that needs to be converted to SPAN and DIV tags of
class "math", but would not convert them itself. Now that autoload
has settings to control what tex2math functions will be performed,
there is no need to put off the conversion, so autoload now does the
tex2math conversion immediately. The
jsMath.Autoload.findMathElements variable is no longer needed, and
so has been depricated.
* Fixed a problem with tex2math where two escaped dollars in a row
would not be processed properly (the second would not be treated as
escaped, and so could be treated as a start-of-math delimiter).
Revision
4577 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:42:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this schema module is used for both the password and permission tables.
Revision
4576 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:42:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed a problem where users with no groups or no groups in this course
were excluded from listings. use _course_members_query() from Moodle.pm
to get userids_subquery.
Revision
4575 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:40:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
slightly nicer constructor
Revision
4574 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:40:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved function that generates and SQL statment listing the userids in
the current course, added a function that does the same for groupids.
Revision
4573 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:39:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
slightly nicer constuctor
Revision
4572 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 17 23:38:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
utility bind() method which fills in bind values
Revision
4571 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 13 21:43:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with function checking when vars are specified with
limits and the vars are not in alphabetical order. (The Parser expects
the limits and test points to have coordinates specified in
alphabetical order, so they need to be reordered if the author has
them in another order.)
Revision
4570 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 13 20:37:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
completed NewSQL::Moodle::User module -- seems to work well
Revision
4569 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 12 22:04:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
first crack at NewSQL-based Moodle::User module... kinda cool, really...
Revision
4568 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 12 22:02:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
yet more where clause abstractions (annoying but necessary :P)
Revision
4567 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 11 16:16:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unused functions (left over from GDBM days)
Revision
4566 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 11 16:15:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unused reference to findDefaults
Revision
4565 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 18:18:53 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move creation of sql object into init_sql method (cf Merge.pm)
Revision
4564 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 18:16:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove null implementations of n/a oldapi methods, random cleanup.
Revision
4563 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 18:15:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
nice error messages for unimplemented API methods
Revision
4562 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 15:45:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Catch errors which get thrown by other filters.
Revision
4561 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 10 10:58:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem where ShowPast Answers would incorrectly includes
answers for students whose login name have the current student's login
name as a suffix. (Fixes bug #1102)
Revision
4560 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:21:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
mark set_merged and problem_merged as non-native
Revision
4559 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:18:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add set_merged and problem_merged "tables" to do in-database merging.
Revision
4558 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:17:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this is the log message for the last version (v1.80): sweeping changes!
PLEASE NOTE THAT VERSION 1.80 AND LATER OF DB.PM WILL NOT WORK WITH
MOODLE UNTIL I UPDATE THE MOODLE SCHEMA MODULES (which should happen
soon).
WARNING: VERY EXPERIMENTAL CHANGES. DO NOT USE ON PRODUCTION SITES.
MAKE A BACKUP OF YOUR DATA BEFORE USING.
replaced ad-hoc argument checking with calls to checkArgs and
checkArgsRefList. this makes the code much more concise and readable.
no longer checking for existence before adding a field -- instead catch
a RecordExists exception which is thrown by NewSQL classes. this will
speed inserts of slightly.
added count* methods for all tables.
switch to using newer NewSQL methods where they'll be more efficient or
readable.
generally regularize code -- resolve indentation problems, get rid of
extraneous empty lines, etc.
rewrote getMergedSets, getMergedProblems, and getAllMergedUserProblems
to use NewSQL::Merged (via set_merged/problem_merged "tables"). The new
merge method (which is done completely withtin the database) is more
than three times as fast for normal merging and more than seven times as
fast for getAllMergedUserProblems.
Revision
4557 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:01:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
4556 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 20:20:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
lots o' fixes
Revision
4555 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 20:19:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
FIELD_DATA() returns a reference to the field_data hash
Revision
4554 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 20:18:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add a transformation function that acts on fields, whether or not
they're qualified with a table name.
Revision
4553 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 04:35:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pretty logging!
Revision
4552 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 6 04:33:16 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't turn on tracing -- we're doing out own debugging in each schema
module now :)
Revision
4551 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:44:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add RecordExists exception: schema modules should throw this exception
if a conflicting record exists on insert.
Revision
4550 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:44:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
explicitly turn PrintError off
Revision
4549 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:43:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
newsql module for accessing "merged" records as if they existed in a table
Revision
4548 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:43:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
newsql-based module for accessing standard webwork SQL tables
Revision
4547 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 19:42:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this file is now the base class for newsql-based schema modules
Revision
4546 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 5 11:10:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bad check for if the complex number is 1 (caused reduce to
incorrectly remove the complex number when used in multiplication).
Revision
4545 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 17:05:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
put user methods first (in same order as dblayout tables in database.conf)
Revision
4544 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 16:59:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove spurrious use lines for Record classes
Revision
4543 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 16:32:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixes to index structure.
* the prefix lengths on keyfield indexes is now 255, the length of the field.
* the index that contains all three keyfields is now a UNIQUE KEY
* psvn is no longer the PRIMARY KEY, now a UNIQUE KEY (and it's the
second UNIQUE KEY, after the user_id/set_id one)
also, made wwdb_upgrade a little easier to maintain by not hardcoding
version numbers into the @DB_VERSIONS structure.
Revision
4542 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 15:05:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
alphanumeric keyfields TINYBLOB NOT NULL instead of BLOB for UNIQUE indexing.
check for table existence before doing something with that table.
Revision
4541 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 2 15:04:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
alphanumeric keyfields TINYBLOB NOT NULL instead of BLOB for UNIQUE indexing.
Revision
4540 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:41:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
update sql_moodle to reference remaining routines in sql_single
Revision
4539 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:39:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use $db->rename_tables for course renaming, remove addCourseHelper,
deleteCourseHelper, copyCourseDataHelper and associated infrastructure.
still have to do something about archive/unarchive -- they are not only
mysql specific, but they rely on the database being local, on the
default port, and named "webwork". :P
Revision
4538 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:37:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
table renaming support
Revision
4537 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:03:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
propagate errors during module preload
Revision
4536 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 19:02:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove reference to FileXfer
Revision
4535 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:52:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use $db->create_tables and $db->delete_tables, check for dblayout
existence even if we're using the default dblayoutname, make regex and
error message match for course id checking, removal of "sql" specific
information from POD, formatting fixes, additional warnings about bad
course existence checking code.
Revision
4534 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:49:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add create_tables and delete_tables methods
Revision
4533 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:49:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove partially finished and sometimes incorrect POD :(
Revision
4532 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 16:47:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
drop_table becomes delete_table (don't want to use SQL terminology
exactly...). don't refer to $self->{record} or $self->{driver} in the
main code, only in the helpers at the bottom. (this might help us with
subclassing for moodle... maybe...)
Revision
4531 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 29 14:54:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add create_table and drop_table methods, small cleanups.
Revision
4530 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 28 23:42:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
incorrectly set type of set_user.status column to INT; should be FLOAT.
if you ran wwdb_upgrade after the last commit, you lost the decimal
portions of any status values. thanks to gavin for noticing.
Revision
4529 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 28 22:48:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change key.timestamp type to BIGINT and problem_user.status type to INT.
Revision
4528 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 27 17:15:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem where a zero with units would me marked as "not looking
like anumber with units".
Revision
4527 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 26 15:57:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove several useless "use Data::Dumper" lines
Revision
4526 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 26 15:43:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
null-to-empty-string translation. this is necessary right now, but
ultimately undesirable.
Revision
4525 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 26 15:01:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SQL::Abstract subclass that allows transformation of SQL identifiers. it
overloads the _table and _quote methods to allow different
transformation routines for table names and column names. the
transformation routines themselves are specified by the new
"transform_table" and "transform_field" parameters to the constructor
that take coderefs.
used by NewSQL to implement tableOverride and fieldOverride.
Revision
4524 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:56:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a new, much more flexible implementation. should be a drop-in
replacement. please test.
Revision
4523 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:41:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set DBI trace level from dbLayout "debug" param. this can be a little chatty...
Revision
4522 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:40:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
generate record class methods from a single field data table at compile
time. generate real accessors/mutators rather than using an autoload.
this should speed up record access significantly.
Revision
4521 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:35:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use a single username/password for connecting to the SQL database. this
means that only one DBI handle is created instead of two, and the
Driver's connect/disconnect methods are no-ops.
Revision
4520 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:27:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
another false start :(
Revision
4519 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:26:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
dymanically generate newRecord subroutines at compile time -- they're
identical except for their names and the tables they access, so they
might as well be generated. slightly more compile-time overhead,
no-to-negligible impact on runtime speed.
Revision
4518 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:14:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
tons of "DBFIXME" notes -- how to make database access more efficient
Revision
4517 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 22:02:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
it was not a good idea to put a literal ASCII NUL in this file.
Revision
4516 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 21:44:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added small fixme note
Revision
4515 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 16:10:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: be more aware of undefined fields for gateway parameters.
I don't think this should be an issue, but saw a case where an "undefined
value in subtraction" error was being returned; hopefully this will
provide some level of protection against that.
Revision
4514 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 25 16:05:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: report tests graded in the grace period after the due
time as having been completed at exactly the maximum allowed time.
Thus, if a test allows 20 min and there is a grace period (defined in
global.conf) of 2 min, a test submitted after 21 min will be reported
here as having been completed in 20 min, not 21. This avoids some
confusion for instructors who aren't aware of the grace period.
This update doesn't have any effect on the presentation of non-
versioned sets.
Revision
4513 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 22 16:36:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make ijk mode use the TeX definitions from the i, j and k constants as
defined in the context, if they exist, otherwise fall back on the
defaults.
Revision
4512 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 21 22:08:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix problem with formula comparisons involving vector-valued formulas.
The coordinates for the vectors used in checking equality were plain
Perl reals rather than Parser-based reals, and so the comparisons were
being done using exact rather than fuzzy comparisons.
Revision
4511 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 20 23:38:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make a more sophisticated unit check so that it will handle things
like "3ft / s" (that don't have a space before the units).
Really need to make a units class for the Parser.
Revision
4510 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 20 21:50:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed unit checking so that units can include spaces (like 4 ft /
min). Also fixed a problem where units were not being reported as
part of the student's entered answer.
Revision
4509 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 21:31:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
superceded by ProblemSetDetail.pm
Revision
4508 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 21:23:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced by FileManger.pm a while ago
Revision
4505 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 20:02:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
parse a cvs commit log email and generate "cvs up" commands to merge the
changes into the current working copy. (all this does is looks for the
"diff" commands and pulls the filename and version numbers out of it.)
Revision
4504 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 18:04:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use before/after/between from Utils.pm
Revision
4503 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 18 18:03:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move before, after, and between subroutines here from Problem/GatewayQuiz
Revision
4501 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 22:09:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed support module for deleted sql dblayout
Revision
4500 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 22:02:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move contents of CGIDeleteParams.pm to CGI.pm. This removes a level of
indirection that's no longer necessary, and fixes importing.
Revision
4499 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 21:46:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
no longer used -- see CGIDeleteParams
Revision
4498 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 21:44:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove unused $db lexical
Revision
4497 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 19:03:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
strictify
Revision
4496 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 19:03:29 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use /usr/bin/perl instead of /usr/local/bin/perl
Revision
4495 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 17:53:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
didn't mean to commit that.
Revision
4494 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 15 17:53:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make importing actually work in runtime_use. previously, symbols were
being imported into the bogus package "Main", and there was no way to
specify an import list.
Revision
4493 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 14 16:47:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had an error in the new CSS specification, which is fixed here.
Revision
4492 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 14 16:06:59 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates for version 3.3e:
* Fixed a problem with how the cookie data is stored for the control
panel (special characters were not being escaped, which causes
difficulties with some browsers).
* Fixed a bug where jsMath would not determine the em-size correctly
in text blocks where the text-indent was set to a non-zero value.
* Added some CSS styles to try to isolate the jsMath control panel
from changes that might be caused by CSS settings from the main
page. (Page authors who set styles that affect the jsMath panel may
want to add additional CSS rules to reset those within #jsMath_panel
in order to make the panel continue to look correct.)
* Added \newline as an alternative to \cr and \\.
* Added a new help file explaining the missing font messages and how
to address them.
Revision
4491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 13 23:40:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
precompile many modules at server start time. this allows more compiled
code (parse trees, bytecode, etc.) to be shared among child processes,
and speeds child start time, since that compilation has already been
done in the master process.
you may want to turn this off for development, since it makes the server
take a really long time to start.
Revision
4490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 12 17:07:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
indentation fixes: the outdenting of section headers was making this
file really hard for me to read, so i indented them all.
Revision
4489 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 12 17:06:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow empty last field to be present when reading classlist
Revision
4488 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 22:23:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow matrices to set their own templates (instead of using "c" for
all columns), and handle missing open and close delimiters better.
Revision
4487 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 22:21:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow the _check subroutine to affect the {isConstant} field.
Revision
4486 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 20:34:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add more erorr checking, get settings from global.conf.
Revision
4485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 20:33:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add ldap options
Revision
4484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 20:22:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added missing ")" to log message
Revision
4483 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 17:13:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed so this works with MSIE now.
Revision
4481 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 16:39:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
parse "cvs status 2>&1" output and show changed/out-of-date files
Revision
4480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 11 16:39:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get version from command line, don't upload to SF automatically
Revision
4467 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 10 01:59:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Second attempt to trap the stderr output of bsdtar.
Revision
4466 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 9 22:09:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Map Moodle groups to WeBWorK sections and recitations
A section is a group that begins with the prefix SEC_
all other groups are recitations.
Revision
4465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 9 01:40:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use shell_qupte and readpipe to handle tar commands, and include
stderr in the output so that we can report the correct number of files
archived via bsdtar.
Revision
4464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 9 00:22:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add parenthesis around ijk vectors for string concatenation.
Revision
4463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 21:01:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway debug: correct code allowing multiple problems to be drawn
from the same problem group. I think this is correct now (the original
code I wrote was odd enough that it's not at all clear what I was
thinking...).
Revision
4462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 20:28:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update to Hardcopy: correct generation of hardcopies including
student solutions to allow the correct answers to be shown before the
due date if the student has used up all attempts on the set.
Revision
4461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 20:16:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
skip non-directories. prune empty directories in cvs update.
Revision
4460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 19:53:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
backport (sh002i): better defaults for problem library settings.
Revision
4458 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 8 14:20:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (sh002i): promote empty or missing statuses to the default
status before importing
Revision
4455 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 7 17:03:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set default courses dir to /opt/webwork/courses, remove "oldProf" URL
Revision
4454 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 7 01:18:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to overrid TeX and perl versions by specifying a TeX or
perl field in the variable definition. Also made vector-valued
variables show up in bold.
Revision
4452 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 6 18:18:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
filter out students without "include_in_email" behavior - bug #938.
Revision
4450 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 6 16:25:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed bug #1057 -- read_set_def was getting the wrong param passed to it.
Revision
4449 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 6 14:31:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
backing out of accidental commit.
Revision
4448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 5 16:49:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
somehow this got lost
Revision
4443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 5 16:27:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-adding courses.dist to just HEAD and rel-2-3-dev branches (see below)
i'm re-adding this directory using "cvs add" rather than by copying it
from "courses" in the repository. this avoids having it show up in older
release branches. the downside is that we lose the version history, but
i don't think that's a big problem.
Revision
4441 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 5 16:00:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removing courses directory (please read)
i originally moved the courses directory to courses.dist, to preserve
file history, but this wasn't the right strategy, since it caused the
courses directory to disappear from older branches as well. so i copied
it back to courses, and then used "cvs remove" to delete its contents.
so, it will hopefully exist in rel-2-2-dev and earlier releases, but not
in rel-2-3-dev or HEAD.
Revision
4437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 17:41:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
webwork2 and pg dirs are in /opt/webwork by default now
Revision
4435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 17:28:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable test CG
Revision
4428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 14:17:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced unicode literals with code points.
Revision
4427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 1 14:16:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make logfile names more regular
Revision
4426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 31 20:17:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove incorrect "close(FILE)" -- left over from WW1 probably.
Revision
4425 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 31 01:30:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected an error in update_instances that prevented the calendar from updating when
the due date of webwork set was changed. (One brace was out of position.)
You may still need to edit the Webwork link in moodle pointing to the problem with the
newly changed date before the calendar will recognize the change.
Revision
4424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 29 11:14:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Check routine can now return an array rather than an array reference.
(This requires pg/lib/Value/AnswerCheckers.pm to be at least version 1.80).
Revision
4423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 29 11:12:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow cmp_compare to return an array of answers, if requested (needed
by parserMultiPart.pl).
Revision
4421 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 23:05:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added local time zone to values which can be configured from within a course.
Revision
4420 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 17:42:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed addres of link for ClasslistFileFormat to point to the more complete descrition on the twiki
Revision
4417 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 16:55:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
only recognize comments that start at the beginning of a line. this
reduces the changes that a "#" in a field, will cause a real line to be
truncated. (it's unlikely that the student ID will start with a "#".)
yeah, i know the real solution is to use escaping.
should-be-backported-to-rel-2-3-dev
Revision
4416 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 12:56:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem where blank status in classlist.lst was not interpreted as enrolled.
Squashes bug 1058
Revision
4415 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 26 12:33:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
made the definition of $auxiliaryFilesExist more robust. This fixes bug 1056 and related bugs
Revision
4413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 19:43:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this file hasn't been used in a long time
Revision
4412 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 18:47:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update of ProblemSetEditor; add problems_per_page verbiage.
I think this is moot, given that (barring an interpretive error
on my part) this file isn't being used, but hopefully it is at least
now consistently moot rather than inconsistently so.
Revision
4411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 18:42:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update of ProblemSetDetail: add some sensible defaults
for gateway parameters, remove confusing labels.
Revision
4410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 25 18:40:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update of problemsetlist; add problems_per_page fields,
allow input via problemsPerPage = N in set.def files.
Revision
4397 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 21:16:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restrict PG access to ImageGenerator object using RestrictedClosureClass
(prevents problem code from monkeying with paths, viewing passwords,
calling methods other than add() and other bad stuff)
Revision
4395 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 21:07:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added class to protect objects from evil prying problem code.
Uses the closure-as-object technique to protect the self hash of the
underlying object from problem code. All that the problem code sees is a
blessed coderef. The coderef is a closure over the underlying object and
the list of allowed methods. You can invoke the coderef directly, with
the name of the method to invoke as the first argument, but the class
also provides an AUTOLOAD routine that calls the coderef for you, so you
can continue to use the class as usual.
Revision
4394 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 00:08:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add License
Revision
4393 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 24 00:00:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.3d (adds a plugin for use with pages that emply
small fonts so that the substricts don't disappear; fixes a problem
with heights being improperly computed in fallback modes; fixes
several problems with Konqueror)
Revision
4392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 23 23:53:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Initial version
Revision
4391 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 23 20:14:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file helps WW manage the browsers windows that it opens. The
current approach is to use a separate window for the Problem Editor
and a third window for viewing the problem when you test it. This is
fine, except that if you use the navigation links in the editor, those
pages will open int he editor window, and this can mean the editor
window is used for non-editing functions. Worse, if you click on an
"Edit it" link in this window and expect a new one to open, you will
be surprised to see it appear in the current window.
This javascript file makes the editing window work as it was intended:
clicking on the navigation links opens those pages in the ORIGINAL
window again, not the editor window, so the editor window will be used
only for editing. It also uses the main window for viewing the
problems, so there are only two main windows now. This should
simplify the editing of problems.
To use this file, add
<script src="<!--#url type="webwork" name="htdocs"-->/js/ww-windows.js"></script>
to the .template file that you are using just before the </body> (not
that it must be at the END of the page, or it may not work properly).
This will also fix a problem with Firefox where the editor window
woudl not come to the front if it already exists and inot the
front-most window.
Revision
4390 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 22 19:00:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make links to the Problem Editor in the links menu at the left target
the WW_Editor window, just like other "Edit it" links.
Revision
4389 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 22 18:37:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the target for the "Show Past Answers" window be WW_Info so that
it is named in a similar way to the other windows used (WW_Editor,
WW_View). This reduces possible classes with other sites using the
more generic "information".
Revision
4388 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 19 23:31:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the problem I pointed out at MathFest where some errors were not
being reported in the traditional num_cmp() function. (Things like
'x+3' in a numeric field would not be reported as an error and x would
be treated as 0). This is due to a change in version 1.14 when Sam
was normalizing the error reporting code; he didn't notice that warn
had been rerouted to die in PG_answer_eval(). I have replaced it.
Revision
4387 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 18 00:13:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added for LaTeXMathML mode.
Revision
4386 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 17 23:55:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added LaTeXMathML mode.
Revision
4385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:42:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Report the objec type better in parser error messages.
Revision
4384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:41:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed spelling errors in error messages.
Revision
4383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:40:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where Set objects could incorrectly complain about the
parentheses (braces) used to declare the set.
Revision
4382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 16 01:37:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where substituting values into a Formula object would not
be cleaned up properly (so later actions could incorrectly include the
same substitution).
Revision
4381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 19:34:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
move bridge creation to mod.html -- that way, the bridge is created the
first time someone asks to create a webwork set. this allows us to
provide the create/administer ww course links right away. cleanup,
formatting. the bridge creation is actually done in
_wwassignment_ensureBridgeExists in lib.php.
also, i hate php.
Revision
4379 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:24:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow partial URLs in appletPath -- these get the server_root_url
prepended to them.
Revision
4378 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:24:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
applet path can now contain partial URLs, which will have the root URL
of the local server prepended to them by findAppletCodebase.
Revision
4377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:21:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make course title and institution optional
Revision
4376 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:15:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pass server_root_url into safe compartment.
Revision
4375 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:14:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use apache_root_url from course env. for absolute urls in system link
Revision
4374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:14:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
seed the course env. with hostname, port, ssl status, and root URL.
Revision
4373 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 18:13:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove huge license headers
Revision
4372 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 17:25:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't attempt to output db_version if it's undefined, don't double-space
output quite so much.
Revision
4371 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 14 17:23:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't check course if user says no.
improved status messages.
ignore non_native tables.
allow conversions from TEXT->INT by first converting to VARCHAR(255)
Revision
4370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 12 15:44:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't need separate code for initilization -- we can just set db_version
to 0 and run through all the upgrade steps normally. since there are no
courses, only the global updates will run, which is fine.
Revision
4369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 21:51:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make this compatible with wwdb_upgrade
Revision
4368 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 21:50:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use mysql depths table by default for images mode.
assume that the depths table is in the main webwork database.
removed a couple of extra blank lines.
Revision
4367 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 20:52:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
newer version in conf/snippets/setHeader.pg
Revision
4366 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 20:51:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
no need for warning about symlinks -- the symlinks are no longer included
Revision
4365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 11 18:47:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this script uses a db_version value to run upgrade code to incrementally
bring the database up-to-date with the current version of webwork. it
can also detect and empty database and initialize it with any system
(non-course) tables (like the depths table) and initilize an up-to-date
db_version value.
Revision
4364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 9 21:21:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
check against "database version 0", the db structure during 2.2.x. this
utility is designed to be used ONCE when upgrading from 2.2.x to 2.3.0,
and then all future updates will be handled by wwdb_upgrade. at some
point, i may reinstate the ability to check against the current version,
but at this point it's not necessary.
Revision
4363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 9 14:32:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
append "1;" to these files, to satisfy Apache2.
Revision
4360 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 18:38:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
remove "Fall 2003" from default set header
Revision
4359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 16:09:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove vestigal gdbm/global_user related stuff.
Revision
4358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 16:06:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed vestigal gdbm code
Revision
4357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 8 16:03:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed vestigal gdbm/sql options. fix how dblayout radio buttons are
generated, so that the default layout or selected is selected correctly.
Revision
4356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 6 18:48:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change how the html table rows are computed so that only visible fields
are looked at. (pretty sure this works. could use some more testing
though.)
Revision
4355 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 03:36:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove mention of GDBM courses.
Revision
4354 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 03:21:10 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove more instances of GDBM-related code
Revision
4353 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:53:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove vestiges of GDBM database support
Revision
4352 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:53:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow user to continue if an sql statement fails.
Revision
4351 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:15:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
more experiments
Revision
4350 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 5 02:10:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add comments indicating that empty strings are stored as null in the DB.
(this is left over from GDBM days, where there was no such thing as an
undefined/null value. at some point, we will make a distinction, at
which time it will become possible to override a value with an empty
string.)
Revision
4342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:26:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this goes along with WWDBv3 and should be removed as well
Revision
4339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:03:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this didn't pan out -- i'm finally deleting it
Revision
4338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:02:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove this, since it doesn't solve the right problem.
Revision
4337 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 17:01:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove CGIParamShim request hack, since CGIParamShim is not the solution
Revision
4336 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:29:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get rid of Apache2::compat line -- should no longer be needed
Revision
4335 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:28:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
clean up webservice access, add my WeBWorK::RPC module,use PerlModule
lines rather than eval "use ..."; die $@ if $@;
also comment out $ENV{WEBWORK_ROOT} by default -- it's only necessary if
webservice modules are being used
Revision
4334 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:14:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use port range 9000-9999 for apache2
Revision
4333 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 16:13:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add SSL directives
Revision
4332 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 15:20:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz update: improve timer, update error messages when overtime,
maybe some other minor changes I can't think of.
Revision
4331 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 15:19:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz CSS update: minor change to try and address IE CSS display
errors.
Revision
4330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 3 15:16:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz: update gateway.template to debug alert popups when problems
are previewed or when switching between pages in a multi-page test,
correct for IE CSS display bug.
Revision
4329 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 1 22:04:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz template update: update for new timer. Still has some
bugs in treatment low-time alerts for multipage tests and previews.
Revision
4328 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 1 22:03:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz upate: revise style sheet for nicer timer.
Revision
4327 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 1 22:02:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz update: revise timer to make display more elegant and
robust.
Revision
4326 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 1 22:02:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz Hardcopy update: add note about correctness of student
answers when printing answers for GatewayQuizzes.
Revision
4318 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 29 16:19:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added rungeKutta4 method to PGnumericalmacros.pl Updated documentation on rungeKutta4a, an answer filter in PGdiffeqmacros.pl
Revision
4317 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 20:10:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz Hardcopy update: change random ordering of problems in
Gateway tests to use PGrandom (avoids calling srand() repeatedly),
add student answers to completed gateway tests when correct answers
are shown. Also cleans up presentation of gateway tests.
Revision
4316 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 20:08:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz update: use PGrandom to randomly order problems when that is
called for (avoids using srand() repeatedly).
Revision
4315 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 04:33:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
proof-of-concept RPC class that bootstraps itself the same way that
WeBWorK.pm does. this way, we can code in the same idioms we're used to
($r, $r->ce, $r->db, etc.)
Revision
4314 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 03:21:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use IGNORE to throw away duplicate key errors when a config item already
exists (i.e. from removal and subsequent reinstallation). this preserves
existing values. another way to go would be to use REPLACE to overwrite
existing values. this would ensure that at installation time, the
defaults would be up-to-date.
Revision
4313 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 03:20:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
refinements to ww course linking:
* move statement about the name of the corresponding webwork course
outside the table.
* don't say "link to" in link text.
* in link to webwork admin module, pre-select add course page, and
pre-fill course ID, and db layout
* clean up indentation slightly
Revision
4312 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 02:13:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
only show import/export warning when those functions are selected.
Revision
4311 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 02:10:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow for courses with no contact people in the admin course when
deleting or archiving courses.
Revision
4310 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 28 00:36:59 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add /perl-status handler
Revision
4309 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 27 20:58:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz ProblemSets update: omit hardcopy checkbox or radio button
for gateway template sets, clean up checking for gateway sets.
Revision
4308 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 27 20:43:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz Hardcopy update: preliminary commit to add checks for
versioned sets to allow generation of hardcopies of versioned sets.
Still needs checking to avoid generation of hardcopies for the
template set.
Revision
4307 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 27 20:40:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz update for multiple page tests; bug fix, adds better preview/
problem checking state retention when switching between pages.
Revision
4306 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 27 15:49:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
GatewayQuiz preliminary commit adding multi-page test capability.
This requires updating the database to add the problems_per_page
record to the set tables of the database.
Revision
4305 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 27 01:08:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove any symbol that begins with an underscore from the course env.
this is to weed out the weird "_</path/to/database.conf" symbols that
were getting through, but it also prevents the purposeful use of
variables like "_some_internal_thing". which is not so bad.
Revision
4304 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 22:20:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use WeBWorK::Authen::class() to determine the proper Authen class to use.
this is much nicer than embedding that decision in this file. twice.
Revision
4303 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 22:09:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add class($ce,$type) subroutine to determine correct authen module, docs
Revision
4302 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 21:27:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed some instances of wwmoodle to wwassignment
Revision
4301 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 13:23:09 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow matrices to be created from lists of vectors or points, or from
formulas returning vectors or points.
Revision
4300 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 13:18:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with derivatives of constant-valued Matrices (and
vectors and points). They were incorrectly getting an extra level of
nesting.
Revision
4299 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 12:27:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Extended the differentiation operator to handle multiple derivatives:
$f->D("x","y") is the same as $f->D("x")->D("y")
$f->D(2) is the same as $f->D->D
$f->D(2,"x") is the same as $f->D("x")->D("x")
and so on.
Revision
4298 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 26 02:54:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Extended this context to handle multivariable polynomials. So you can
use things like
loadMacros("contextLimitedPolynomial.pl");
Context("LimitedPolynomial")->variables->are(x => 'Real', y => 'Real');
Context()->flags->set(singlePowers=>1);
$f = Formula("1 + x + y + 2xy + x^2 + y^2");
Revision
4297 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 25 23:49:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.3c (mostly bugfixes in autoload, tex2math and
CHMmode plugins). See the change log on the jsMath web site for
complete details.
Revision
4296 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 25 23:02:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
playing with request methods
Revision
4295 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 24 23:28:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed CGI::radio call (replaced with CGI::radio_group
Fixed name parameter in Options (replaced name by -name as required by CGI)
Revision
4294 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 21 00:36:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
update package name
Revision
4293 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 21 00:35:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add WeBWorK::CGIDeleteParams option
Revision
4292 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 21 00:35:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
update with more notes
Revision
4291 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 21 00:18:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this module deletes all parameters from any CGI object. the effect is to
disable sticky parameters completely. this seems to solve the problems
we've been having with parameter management under Apache2. see the tail
end of the notes in CGIParamShim.pm for more details.
Revision
4290 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 20 23:21:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed syntax of call to radio_group -- leading dashes are required.
the rule is (as defined by CGI::Util::rearrange):
* if the first argument is a hashref, interpret its contents as named
parameters. leading dashes can be used, but are not required.
* otherwise, if the first parameter begins with a dash, interpret the
argument string as named parameters. a leading dash is technically only
required on the first item, but you'd be nuts to mix dash and no-dash.
* otherwise, treat the argument list as non-named parameters.
Revision
4289 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 20 18:32:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
temporarily enable /test/ url.
Revision
4288 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 20 18:32:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
testbed
Revision
4287 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 19:51:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
These two files can be used to render a .pg problem from the command line using
the WebworkWebservice.
They are designed to be used as Unix Filters with BBedit, but can be tweaked to work
on any unix system and probably on windows as well.
These can be useful when you are writing many problems and wish to use your favorite
editor, and don't have direct access to the unix server.
The _rawoutput version prints and HTML image of the raw XML data returned from the
webservice. The other returns only the HTML page embedded in the XML data.
Revision
4286 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 16:33:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updated help files to conform to changes in the user interface for these
two pages.
Revision
4285 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 15:58:09 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug #1037 where the option of adding a blank problem to an empty set was not allowed.
Revision
4284 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 15:30:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This commit actually does contain escapeHTML !
There is still a problem (even with standard CGI. Entering
5"<input name="foo"> into a problem answer blank will produce extraneous HTML
code. Not sure how dangerous this is, (I think not very -- all it does is louse up
the output for that one viewer.) The quote is causing more trouble than the <
Revision
4283 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 14:59:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added CGIParamShim as a choice
Revision
4282 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 14:52:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a rudimentary escapeHTML -- probably enough to keep from ruining HTML output
-- not designed to untaint data.
Revision
4281 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 14:08:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed behavior of checkbox_group
Revision
4280 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 18 13:10:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting corrections (including adding some {}). Checbox_groups does not yet work correctly.
Removed support for sql template in rename, (it's still present in delete).
Revision
4279 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 17 21:54:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Beef up the error reporting in CGIeasytags
Revision
4278 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 17 21:53:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Rolled back a change to hidden_fields subroutine. CGI::hidden(name=>foo, value=>bar) doesn't work
with standard CGI. Using default instead of value doesn't work either. Not sure what is going on.
Returned to using CGI::hidden(foo, bar) (sigh)
Revision
4277 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 17 21:51:12 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added {} to a couple of CGI::Tr to force concatenation.
Revision
4276 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 17 21:50:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Another {} entry.
Revision
4275 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 17 21:12:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make FUNCTION_CMP retain the professor's answer exactly as typed
rather than use the parsed version's reconstructed string.
Revision
4274 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 17 17:16:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Tweaks to the radio_group block, plus some fiddling with the warning mechanism
Revision
4273 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 16 18:47:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
experimental CGI subclass that defers to WeBWorK::Request for parameter
handling.
Revision
4272 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 16 02:40:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added {} to some HTML tags. For some reason they seem to have disappeared?
Revision
4271 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 16:38:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This version of WeBWorK::CGI calls one of the others:
CGI
or WeBWorK::CGIeasytags
or (eventually) WeBWorK::CGIParamshim
Revision
4270 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 16:35:32 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
front end for HTML::easytags that imitages CGI behavior for creating HTML tags.
called from WeBWorK::CGI.pm
Revision
4269 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 16:31:16 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added {} to force concatenation in some tables;
Revision
4268 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:23:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
always store values as arrayrefs in paramcache
Revision
4267 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:23:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make reply_with_file work under Apache2
Revision
4266 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:11:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rolled back accidental commit of non-null AllowSubroutineOutput value.
I'm getting kind of sick of Constants.pm -- do we need Constants.pm.dist?
or should we replace this mechanism with PerlSetVar or something?
Revision
4265 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:09:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removing obsolete files
Revision
4264 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:08:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removing absolete files
Revision
4263 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:07:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
load Apache2::Connection, move requires up to the top in a begin block.
Revision
4262 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:06:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
dubious hack to support WeBWorK::CGIParamShim. This is not threadsafe,
but then again, neither is Safe.pm, so it's a non-issue so far.
Revision
4261 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 15 14:04:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
docuemntation fix -- htmlEscape doesn't use CGI::escapeHTML
Revision
4260 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 14 21:27:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Commiting formatting changes
Revision
4259 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 14 21:25:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Committing formatting changes to CGI calls
Adding {} to calls that concatenate their inputs
Revision
4258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 14 21:22:04 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Minor formatting changes in CGI calls. Mostly adding {} at the beginning of functions that
concatenate their inputs.
Revision
4257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 14 02:35:53 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Here is a stable? version of CGI.pm for the night.
There are some minor bugs that need to be fixed in the newest version
Revision
4256 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 14 02:32:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in tables
Revision
4255 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 14 00:02:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
4254 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 23:57:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Latest version of CGI this processes inputs first and is more regular
Revision
4253 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 19:38:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Considerably simplified the behavior of radio buttons and select lists.
Let's try it now.
Revision
4252 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 18:56:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Replaced "values" by "value" in call to radio_group. Sorry about that. :-)
Revision
4251 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 17:24:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More changes to the select block of WeBWorK::CGI
Revision
4250 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 16:56:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Still working on getting the select lists to work correctly
Revision
4249 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 16:30:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fix another glitch -- if not default value is specified select the first value
Revision
4248 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 16:17:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in applying labvels to values
Revision
4247 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 15:01:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added handler for CGI::password_field
Revision
4246 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 14:55:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed checkbox CGI glitch
Revision
4245 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 14:48:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a glitch in moving auxiliary files. There was an error when auxiliary files didn't need to be moved.
Revision
4244 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 13 14:47:21 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made calls to CGI:: use named parameters so that WeBWorK::CGI handles them properly
Revision
4243 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 17:28:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support uploads under apache2
Revision
4242 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 04:38:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added missing "1;" at endo f file
Revision
4241 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 04:37:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Apache2: use reply_with_redirect rather than ad-hoc method.
Revision
4240 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 04:36:07 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Apache2: use reply_with_file rather than ad-hoc method.
Revision
4239 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 04:35:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Apache 2: replace header_out with headers_out, explicit returns for
do_reply_with_*
Revision
4238 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 04:33:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace header_in with headers_in (Apache 2)
Revision
4237 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 04:33:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use normal print function rather than $r->print, so that we don't have
to load Apache2::RequestIO.
Revision
4236 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 01:27:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed from use CGI to use WeBWorK::CGI
There is one part of the subrouting hidden_paramters in which I ensure
that there is only one value for each name (replaced @vaules with $value
Revision
4235 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 01:23:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Converting from use CGI to use WeBWorK::CGI
The only substantial change is in Hardcopy where set_id was changed to "sid"
I believe that change is correct.
Revision
4234 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 01:19:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Mostly replace use CGI; with use WeBWorK::CGI
Files with additional changes to CGI calls are
SendMail, SetMaker PGProblemEditor Instructor::Index and FileManager
Revision
4233 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 12 01:14:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Latest version of WeBWorK::CGI. It can still use a good deal of abstraction
but it appears to work with existing code. It's meant to be a CGI imitation for
WeBWorK and it's coding style, not a complete duplicate.
The speed seems acceptable but there are very obvious things that could be done to speed it up if needed.
Revision
4232 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 18:18:16 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This hack seems to work -- will revisit to regularize hidden inputs
Revision
4231 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 17:58:38 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some problems with hidden fields. Time to go back and regularize the processing.
V: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
4230 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 16:39:29 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed submit button so that the name and label keys are explicitly entered.
Revision
4229 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 16:26:20 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added end form statement
Revision
4228 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 16:19:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo (should be keys not key)
Revision
4227 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 16:13:10 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Normalized call for submit button
Revision
4226 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 16:11:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cleaned up some cases where all of the parameters are included in the initial hash.
Revision
4225 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 15:04:49 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some problems with textarea interpretation.
Revision
4224 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 14:44:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow textfield to be interpreted
Revision
4223 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 14:21:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't call send_http_header under apache2
Revision
4222 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 14:04:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow th to have comma separated entries
Revision
4221 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 13:28:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
One more glitch in radio buttons fixed.
Revision
4220 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 13:25:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some errors in radio buttons
Revision
4219 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 12:29:16 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow table to contain a list of rows (rather than a single one).
Revision
4218 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 12:07:37 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added handlers for scrolling lists.
Revision
4217 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 03:59:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
only call send_http_header under Apache1.
Revision
4216 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 03:59:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Apache2 compatibility for HTTP constants. (This may very well be broken,
but I wanted to get it comitted before bed.)
Revision
4215 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 02:53:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications so that license and documentation now apply to wwassignment rather wwmoodle
(wwassignment is based on wwmoodle).
Revision
4214 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 11 02:51:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This will now handle at least some popup_menu commands (<select>)
Revision
4213 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 10 22:18:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only remove scrollbars when used within the moodle frame (otherwise
they are eroneously removed even when the full interface is used in
WeBWorK).
Revision
4212 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 10 20:02:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This commits an experimental file to see if HTML generation can be accomplished using HTML::EasyTag as a basis.
It is NOT ready for prime time.
You can install this in a file by replacing
use CGI;
by
use WeBWorK::CGI;
Revision
4211 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 10 17:48:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improve formatting for params debugging output.
Revision
4210 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 22:58:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
We don't need this debug statement, and it causes errors when the course is entered from outside moodle
Revision
4209 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 22:23:46 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added -override to checkbox for problems already added to this course. They were sticking when they should not have.
Revision
4208 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 17:29:16 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Finding local problems seems to work correctly now.
Revision
4207 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 17:00:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes that make it possible to browse this course and the set definition files. (I think I mislabeled the local_sets
parameter to library_sets)
There is still a problem with viewing local problems. A directory labeled set0 is interpreted as 0, which in this instance is
not the right thing. This might not be a new problem.
Revision
4206 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 16:26:34 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Have placed -override=>1 in every CGI::hidden(). So far this seems to fix the problem with misleading sticky behavior.
I have no clue why use CGI qw(-nosticky) didn't work for hidden. Possibly a bug. So far the fix continues to work for
apache1.3
without changing the behavior.
After further testing this file should have at least some of the annoying debug statements removed.
Revision
4205 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 14:49:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added -override =>1 back in to some of the CGI::hidden() tags. Still won't remember which
library it's looking at.
Revision
4204 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 14:42:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
uncomment code
Revision
4203 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 14:42:17 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
defeat cvs tag parsing
Revision
4202 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 14:07:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Try using the -nosticky pragma to see if this fixes the problem.
Revision
4201 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 8 01:52:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some of the param problems by adding , override=>1 to the CGI::hidden() calls.
This means that CGI ignores any param() values when assigning value to the field. We have been
assigning our own updated values in any case, so this is probably what should have been done
from the start. I'm not 100% sure of this yet however, so I've only fixed a couple of places
in SetMaker.pm where the behavior is weird. I'd like to here of other weird behavior that could
be attributed to values in forms sticking or not sticking correctly.
Revision
4200 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 7 23:40:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed paths to config files
Revision
4199 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 7 23:40:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
wwapache2ctl.dist should be in the repository, not wwapache2ctl
Revision
4198 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 7 22:27:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
debug() output for untangling CGI/param problems (remove later)
Revision
4197 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 5 18:28:14 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use WeBWorK::Cookie
Revision
4196 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 5 18:27:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
separate definitions for $warning_handler for Apache 1/2
Revision
4195 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 5 18:24:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't load Apache::Log via global.conf anymore -- special-case it in
WeBWorK::PG::Local instead. this allows for selective loading of
Apache::Log for Apache1 or Apache2::Log and APR::Table for Apache2.
Revision
4194 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 5 16:40:45 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some new modules that are required. Two of them will only be required once Apache2 is in place.
Revision
4193 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 30 18:47:09 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Install wrapper for param() method when running under mod_perl2. This is
necessary because Apache2::Request's param doesn't support adding
parameters or modifying parameter values.
This is a potentially SLOW workaround, because there's an extra level of
perl code before we get to the XS param().
Revision
4192 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 23:20:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Progress on Apache2 compatibility -- doesn't work yet.
I've gotten to the point where the login screen can be displayed, but
login will still fail. The issue that i'm currently working on is that
we modify $r->param values extensively in WeBWorK, and that is not
supported in Apache2::Request. I'm not sure why, and no workaround is
given. One solution is to wrap override param() in WeBWorK::Request, but
this would slow things down since the Apache2::Request param method is
written in C.
Revision
4191 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 21:28:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed commented-out code that would have needed modification for apache2
Revision
4190 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 21:10:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
WeBWorK::Cookie inherits from Apache::Cookie or Apache2::Cookie
depending on the mod_perl version.
Revision
4189 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 17:54:28 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed behavior of getProblemsForUser()
Now fetches all rows satisfying query, not just the first one.
Revision
4188 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 16:12:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed update code since I doubt that it will help in converting from wwmoodle to wwassignment.
Revision
4187 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 16:10:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changed grade_method to gradingmethod in the wwassignment_grades() subroutine.
Revision
4186 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 16:09:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes for installing in utf8 directories
Revision
4185 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 15:39:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed changes in moodle table names and field names
I'm trying to meet moodle coding standards in naming fields
Revision
4184 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 29 15:20:09 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disabled some unneeded modules, to reduce server restart time.
Revision
4183 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 28 21:13:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error deliberately introduced into input.txt
Revision
4182 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 28 21:09:10 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
These scripts will step through the problemLibrary and check each problem to see if the create WARNING messages when run.
The scripts are still a bit fragile -- use with caution.
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
4181 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 28 19:15:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug which caused warnings in problems containing hints and/or solutions
containing math (i.e., requiring images).
Revision
4180 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 28 17:03:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this CG has not been used for a long time
Revision
4179 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 28 16:20:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change order of use statements compulsively
Revision
4178 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 28 16:19:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate sub redefine warnings
Revision
4177 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 27 23:28:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updating instructions
Revision
4176 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 27 23:21:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Completed (?) revising the names of the subroutines.
The construction of the bridge between moodle and webwork courses now works fairly
smoothly, but doesn't do much yet. The shortname of the moodle course must match
exactly the name of the WeBWorK course.
We still need to create an editor that will allow you to adjust this.?
Revision
4175 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 27 20:08:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding more files for wwassignment
Revision
4174 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 27 20:04:11 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Combining wwmoodle and wwmoodleset into one module called wwassign
Revision
4173 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 27 12:47:43 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
change wwmoodle_set to wwmoodleset to conform to moodle coding guidelines
Revision
4172 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 27 12:30:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Replacing the mysql.sql schema which somehow got lost when creating the CVS repository
Revision
4171 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 26 23:31:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to use moodle theme to simplify the WW GUI when used in
moodle, and to resize the IFRAME to fit the size of its contents.
Revision
4170 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 26 23:25:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add the moodle theme to the list of available themes.
Revision
4169 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 26 23:23:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A theme for use with moodle courses. It is used to remove portions of
the WeBWorK GUI when the page appears in the IFRAME used by wwmoodleset.
Revision
4168 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 26 18:16:26 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The last message was garbled. I've added code that copies auxiliary files when you make a local copy or
an extra copy of a problem file of the form prob4/prob4.pg
This copy mechanism is not yet used when viewing one of these problems from a temporary file in tmpEdit. If you
have viewed a problem before you start editing it, your browser will probably use cached images and you
will not have any errors. If you start editing a problem with auxiliary files before viewing it once in its original
state, then some of the auxiliary images might be missing.
Revision
4167 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 26 18:05:52 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
and copy auxilliary files when making a copy of a problem. This does not do anything about the creation of temporary files
for viewing. If you have already viewed the file before you start editing it youthen the temporary links will work.
Make
File::Copy available
Revision
4166 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 26 18:03:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make File::Copy available
Revision
4165 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 22:23:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a couple more issues with blank problems. Allow files to be
copied even when we can't write the original (this lets you make a
copy of the blank problem or default headers).
Attempt to overcome the copy/rename problem by making it not be a menu
and instead use a checkbox that says whether the problem or header
will replace the one in the current set. This makes it clear that a
copy is still being made (not that the original is being renamed), but
that the homework set is being altered. Those are really two
different actions, and it seems to make sense to separate them. The
default is still to link into the homework set, if there is one.
Revision
4164 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 21:12:29 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed messages that refer to 'Save as' to use 'Create a copy'
instead (which is the current wording for that function).
Problem: Since the default in that pop-up menu us "Rename file"
rather than "Create a copy", it is not immediately clear what this
message refers to.
I still think "Create a copy" should be the default rather than
"Rename file", since the latter only makes sense when you got to the
editor from a file linked to a homework set, which is not always the
case (e.g., when you use the Library Browser). It would also make
these error messages refer to something visible rather than a menu
item that is not showing.
Revision
4163 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 21:04:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle blank problems correctly (they were being flagged as unsafe in
some cases, and produced as many as 3 error messages indicating that
the file had to be "Saved as" before editing). Also fixed a typo with
hardcopy header checking.
Revision
4162 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 20:31:01 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow viewing of the default header files (so they can be saved to
local files).
Revision
4161 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 20:08:30 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some typos.
Revision
4160 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 20:01:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed some "Problem sets" to "Homework sets" and added an note when
a file is already included in the target homework set.
Revision
4159 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 19:51:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correctly handle viewing of edited files (we are passed relative
paths, but the code used to treat them as absolute paths).
Revision
4158 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 19:38:00 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use a better word order for these messages.
Revision
4157 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 19:35:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make edit links use the WW_Editor window.
Revision
4156 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 16:00:36 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Restoring lang.php to wwmoodle-beta-4 original. (Somehow it had been erased.)
Revision
4155 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 15:53:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating icon for webwork sets
Revision
4154 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 14:32:09 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Alas, symlinks are not followed, hence you need to copy the help directory and language files to
new locations.
Revision
4153 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 14:19:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Install instructions. These will need to be updated as this module evolves.
Revision
4152 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 14:00:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added README explaining why wwmoodleset was created (so that it complies with
Moodle module naming conventions). One substantial difference is that the database
calls in wwmoodleset use ADODB (the global $db database connection supplied by moodle)
rather than using a new database connection DB.pm (PEAR?). In my experience
the latter connection used to access webwork databases was killing the global connection
and calls to moodle databases were failing.
Revision
4151 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 13:57:05 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Prefaced some subroutines with _wwrpc instead of wwmoodleset. These subroutines
are internal to wwmoodleset (as far as moodle is concerned) and should eventually
be replaced by RPC calls to webwork.
Revision
4150 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 01:47:03 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
merged in pre-CVS changes from Mike's wwmoodle tree
Revision
4149 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 01:43:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that the user list is restricted to the current course.
cosmetic changes in Permission
Revision
4148 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 01:34:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
renamed wwmoodle_set to wwmoodleset
Revision
4147 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 24 01:00:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
belatedly adding moodle schema modules
Revision
4144 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 23 22:07:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use tolerance flags from the Real object itself, if available, before
looking at the context.
Revision
4143 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 23 22:06:47 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix some problems with the Diagonstics output for Formula objects.
(The tolerances using in the diagnostics didn't always match the ones
used in the actual testing, and the wrong values were sometimes
displayed when a multi-variable function was displayed as a graph.)
Revision
4140 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 23 20:22:39 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New files to bring jsMath up to version 3.3b.
Revision
4138 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 23 20:06:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.3b. See the change log on the jsMath web site
for details of the changes.
Some of the highlights are:
Added an extension that implements the \font command. (Now that jsMath
can auto-load fonts as they are needed, this is feasible to do.)
Added \eqalign and \displaylines for creating multi-line displayed
mathematics. Also added \eqalignno, but it works by putting the line
numbers in a right-justified column separated by 3 em's of space from
the rest of the alignment (rather than putting them flush right, which
would be difficult without more substantial changes to
jsMath). Finally, added \leqalignno, but the line numbers are placed
on the right not the left (it is really just an alias for \eqalignno,
and is included only for completeness).
Added the ability to use \noalign{\vskip ...} and \\[dimen] to
insert space within an array or alignment. This is not a complete
implementation of \noalign; only \vskip and \vspace commands are
processed, and this is only intended as a way of controlling the
spacing between rows of a table.
Adjusted the spacing within some alignments to better match actual TeX
output.
Added \mbox and \hbox to the commands that are processed correctly
after ^ and _ (i.e., as unbraced superscripts and subscripts).
JsMath's implementation of \raise and \lower are non-standard in that
they do not require an \hbox, as TeX does; indeed using an \hbox would
cause jsMath to fail (unless it were enclosed in braces). This is no
longer the case, as these commands now handle \hbox and \mbox as TeX
does.
The addition of several new checkboxes on the jsMath control panel
made the window for the control panel rather tall. This has required a
reorganization of the control panel, and it now has a horizontal
rather than a vertical orientation which better matches the aspect
ratio of most screens.
In addition, version 3.3 introduced an caching mechanism that is
page-based, and "global mode" that allows for an inter-page cache.
This mechanism works with WeBWorK, but because the pages are so short,
it is probably not very helpful. Also, turning on global mode will
require logging in again (due to the loss of form data when the page
is reloaded).
Revision
4137 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 23 18:42:31 2006 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
A bare bones method for verifying against and LDAP (in this case the LDAP at the U of R)
You will need to change the constants for use with another local LDAP.
this is not at all finished -- in particular there is no check to see if the user is enrolled
in a specific course.
Revision
4136 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 19 15:57:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow delete option after archiving course.
Revision
4135 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 19 15:39:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added HTTP-Basic authenticator for WeBWorK:
AuthenWeBWorK.pm - steals $ce/$authz/$db/$authen bootstrapping code from
the dispatcher, overrides Authen's get_credentials method (and clobbers
cookie methods and set_params)
Debug.pm - load WeBWorK::Contsants explicitly in case it isn't already
loaded
Authen.pm - added maybe_kill_cookie shim (so that it can be overridden
elsewhere)
Configure as follows:
<Location /some_protected_location>
AuthName "My Protected Location"
AuthType Basic
PerlAuthenHandler Apache::AuthenWeBWorK
PerlSetVar authen_webwork_root /path/to/webwork2
PerlSetVar authen_webwork_course some_course_id
require valid-user
</Location>
Revision
4134 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 19 15:13:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed grade_problem so taht is uses the safe compartment. (This is
important because the problem can supply its own grader, and that code
shoudl be run in the safe compartment, just like the answer checkers
are. Without this, graders could call PG_restricted_eval() and
actually get access to the full WW environment rather than the safe
compartment.)
Revision
4133 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 17 21:45:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Imported from beta 4
Revision
4132 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 17 21:35:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
print log messages to debug output
Revision
4131 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 17 21:21:40 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary config files for Apache 2. These are enough to bootstrap
WeBWorK under Apache 2. None of the WW code has been modified yet, so it
of course barfs as soon as you visit /webwork2. However, the config
problems are resolved and real porting can begin.
Revision
4130 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 16 20:26:48 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
This utility automates updating config files from their corresponding
.dist files. Run like this:
bin/ww-update-config conf/global.conf
You can specify either the conf file or its .dist file -- the other one
will be deduced automatically. You can specify multiple files. This is
useful:
bin/ww-update-config bin/*.dist conf/*.dist
Revision
4129 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 15 14:48:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Implemented unarchiving function to complement archiving function.
Archive exports the course database to courseName/DATA and then tas and gzips the directory courseName to
courseDirectory/courseName.tar.gz
Unarchive allows one to choose files of the type courseDirectory/courseName.tar.gz and then
ungzip, untar them to courseDirectory/courseName -- the database record in courseName/DATA is
then loaded into the webwork database.
So far there is only minimal error checking about whether all or part of the course exists when unarchiving.
There are not yet features for archiving and then deleting a course -- these two operations have to be done
separately for now.
Revision
4128 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 10 14:20:42 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed spelling typo in comment
Revision
4127 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 10 14:18:56 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add contact person for a new course to the admin course as a student.
Student's have no access to CourseAdmin features.
Revision
4126 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 10 01:50:54 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't call formatDateTime unless the result is used (closes bug #830)
Revision
4125 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 8 23:27:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
check for a valid moodle session when the webwork key matches an expired
session. this allows for seamless re-login when the webwork timeout is
shorter than the moodle timeout.
Revision
4124 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 7 23:01:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that WeBWorK::Constants has been loaded before this file is evaluated.
Revision
4122 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 7 19:30:51 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace "SELECT *" with explicit list of fields to avoid problems when
columns are ordered differently in the database. fixes bug #1033.
Revision
4121 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 5 20:43:22 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where things like x+4x would be accepted even in
single-power mode (the initial x was not being identified as a single
power of x correctly).
Revision
4120 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 22:59:58 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
script for generating release tarballs and uploading them to SF
Revision
4119 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 22:59:33 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed path to docs directory
Revision
4115 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 18:41:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug for selecting problems from the ProblemLibrary database. Problems which have no associated textbook were mucking things up, even if no textbook was selected.
Revision
4114 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 18:25:18 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support SSL mode for devel.webwork.rochester.edu systems.
uncomment the line "SSL=-DSSL" in bin/wwapachectl to enable.
note that if you do this, only https requests will be serviced.
you must be in the unix group wwdev (for access to the ssl crt and key)
Revision
4113 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 01:07:25 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Roll back unwanted change to wwsh
Revision
4112 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 01:05:41 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Scripts for cleaning up code in problems. (Written by Davide Cervone)
Revision
4111 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 29 21:57:06 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Set server root (-d) to $WEBWORKROOT, create "run" directory if
necessary. (This is for devel's Apache/SSL, which wants to put an
httpd.mm file in "$SERVERROOT/run".)
Revision
4108 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 16:37:15 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improvements to URL handling.
* use use_abs_url option of systemLink to generate URLs, rather than
hardcoding logic.
* don't generate a full URL for the return to your work link. it isn't
needed.
* in the "This feedback message was automatically generated by the
WeBWorK system at" message, give the URL to the webwork home module,
rather than just the host and port.
Revision
4107 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 16:35:10 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added use_abs_url option to systemLink: If set to a true value, the
scheme, host, and port are prepended to the URL. This is useful for
links which must be usable on their own, such as those sent via email.
Revision
4106 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 12:06:35 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected typ in spelling of moodle_table_prefix variable.
Revision
4105 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 04:01:44 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use correct $moodle_table_prefix variable from global.conf (was
$moodle_prefix). include moodlekey table for now.
Revision
4104 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 03:14:13 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added in applet support (applets are now searched for in specified directories.)
Revision
4103 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 03:12:57 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added definition for $moodle_table_prefix.
REmoved commented out moodlekey table
Revision
4102 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 03:08:50 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Replaced instance of fetch_moodle_cookie with fetch_moodle_session
Revision
4101 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 24 23:30:23 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
almost totally works now
* fixed passwork checking (call to md5_hex was wrong)
* added debugging output
* renamed fetch_moodle_cookie to fetch_moodle_session
* commented out unused moodle_session_expired
Revision
4100 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 24 23:28:24 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add moodlekey methods (these should go away eventually, but the current
implementation of Authen::Moodle needs them)
Revision
4099 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 20:47:27 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Support for finding applets in one of several locations.
Revision
4098 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 20:45:02 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for searching for appletin anumber of places defined in
$pg{directories}{appletPath} in global.conf
Revision
4096 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 17:38:29 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed how activity is determined. previously, check_session was being
called with updateTimestamp=1, which would cause all active sessions to
be "touched" so as to prolong their validity. also, it's not really
approriate to call check_session in this way to begin with. we already
grabbed the key, and we know it matches, so we don't want to grab it
again. so instead i just put the timestamp comparison directly into this
file.
see also UserList.pm 1.79.
Revision
4093 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 11:51:55 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem where a pick screen error was produced if a student
entered a vector-valued formula rather than a constant vector when
parallel answers are being checked and the student used the Preview
button to submit the answer.
Revision
4092 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 22 21:39:07 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add charset=utf-8 to content type header
Revision
4091 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 21 00:52:20 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for directories for housing applet files
Revision
4090 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 21 00:51:25 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added onSubmit to form so that javaScript functions can be triggered by the submit button.
check that this still works on windows MSIE
Revision
4089 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 21 00:50:04 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
$formFields is needed by at least one grader (sequentialGrader) in order to function.
Is there a better way?
Revision
4088 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 21 00:44:40 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
added findAppletFile to dangerous macros.
This is still not in its final form which should involve checking the url
rather than the file location.
Revision
4087 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:52:12 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replace @DB_LAYOUT_ORDER and %DB_LAYOUT_DESCRIPTIONS with values from
course environment. remove form fields for 'sql' and 'gdbm' layouts.
Revision
4086 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:49:26 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo in last commit.
Revision
4085 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:46:08 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add @dblayout_order and %dbLayout_descr (to replace constants in CourseAdmin.pm)
Revision
4084 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:32:53 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
modifications necessary to support moodle tables:
* respect non_native flag in dbLayout
With these changes, courses with the sql_moodle dbLayout can be created,
deleted, renamed, and archived using the WeBWorK course management
tools.
Revision
4083 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:32:41 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
modifications necessary to support moodle tables:
* respect non_native flag in dbLayout
* don't attempt to add users if user table is non_native
* rather than checking for the string "sql_single" in renameCourse and
archiveCourse, and erroring out otherwise, we check to see if there is
a copyCourseDataHelper or archiveCourseHelper implementation
(respectively). new getHelperRef subroutine helps with this.
With these changes, courses with the sql_moodle dbLayout can be created,
deleted, renamed, and archived using the WeBWorK course management
tools.
Revision
4082 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:27:57 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added stub for sql_moodle. this just copies the subroutines from sql_single.pm.
Revision
4081 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:27:00 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add non_native=>1 param to moodle tables. CourseManagement.pm will
ignore them.
Revision
4080 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 18 19:25:44 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new config options for authentication modules (see global.conf).
Revision
4079 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 21:35:17 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed a variable name from previous change
Revision
4078 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 21:25:14 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
check more config files (basically all the files with .dist versions are
checked now)
Revision
4076 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 21:11:52 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
load php4 module
Revision
4075 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 21:11:07 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add $moodle_* seed variables for database.conf
add authentication module selector
Revision
4074 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 21:10:35 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add sql_moodle database layout
Revision
4073 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 21:06:47 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
actually check in session key format changes:
* session key is now 32 chars rather than 40, to make it a little more
manageable in length
* session key now only uses letters and numbers, rather than some
special characters.
Revision
4072 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 18:58:04 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
small changes to configuration:
* session key is now 32 chars rather than 40, to make it a little more
manageable in length
* session key now only uses letters and numbers, rather than some
special characters.
* variables $database_dsn, $database_username, $database_password, and
$database_debug are defined in global.conf before database.conf is
loaded. this means that in the typical case, database.conf doesn't
need to be modified at all.
* changes to database.conf to support $database_dsn, $database_username,
$database_password, and $database_debug variables.
* changes to some comments in database.conf, and removal of SQL/GDBM
stubs.
Revision
4071 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 00:31:06 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix jsMath output in the answer preview when the student answer
conains < or > (make sure they don't look like tags).
Revision
4069 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 12 18:40:06 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
check for 'dbupgrade' table and 'db_version' value within that table.
Revision
4068 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 12 18:39:10 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
some progress
Revision
4067 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 10 21:50:41 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
some improvements:
* warn if dbLayoutName doesn't match for a course (this can be extended
to to more sophisticated checking)
* add a summary of tables that weren't checked because they weren't part
of any course
* -n flag == don't attempt to fix problems
Revision
4066 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 10 02:08:35 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a utility to check and repair the webwork SQL database.
functionality so far:
* check for table existence, add tables that don't exist
* check for field existence, add fields that don't exist
* check field types, change types of fields that have incorrect types
still TODO:
* check index structure with SHOW INDEXES FROM
* add indexes that aren't present
* display tables in webwork database that weren't part of any course
* check for dbupgrade table, offer to add it
Revision
4065 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 8 19:38:40 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
removed warn message used to debug changes.
Revision
4064 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 8 18:23:10 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Added an email link so that one can easily email student(s) after e.g.
giving then an extension.
Revision
4063 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 7 22:01:57 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed minor problem where a field might not be defined (in addition to being empty) ==
now we check for defined, then check for non-empty.
-- Mike
Revision
4062 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun May 7 21:46:43 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Replaced the use of checkKey by check_session to conform to the new subroutines in Authen.pm
Revision
4061 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 25 17:05:27 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pass relative paths to Problem in sourceFilePath (see bug #1016)
Revision
4059 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 24 16:00:09 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accidentally used $self->ce rather than $self->r->ce in revert_handler
Revision
4058 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 18 23:27:33 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reverting to 1.40 -- accidental commit
Revision
4057 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 18 23:27:32 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SECURITY: prevent reading/saving files outside of templates directory.
Revision
4051 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 17 21:17:12 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Resolve bug #994 ("Try it" yields: sourceFilePath is unsafe!)
SetMaker uses a relative path for sourceFilePath, which is nice, but
which path_is_subdir didn't account for. Added thrid argument,
$allow_relative, to that utility which causes $dir to be prepended to
$path. Modified Problem.pm to trigger this behavior.
Revision
4050 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 12 18:54:39 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Use undefstr to convert undefined values to the string "###UNDEF###". If
you think a value you're sending to debug() might be undefiend, send it
as a separate item in the argument list rather than concatenating it or
interpolating it into a string. For example, say:
debug("now myVal=", $myVal, ", exiting");
If $myVal is undefined, you'll see:
now myVal=###UNDEF###, exiting
Revision
4049 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 12 18:51:21 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Support for new Authen class:
* Use new Authen::Proctor subclass for proctor verification rathern than old
verifyProctor method of Authen.
Revision
4048 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 12 18:51:06 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Fix checkKeyFields to actually work with "versioned" user_id field in
key records.
Revision
4047 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 12 18:50:53 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Beginnings of a Authen-subclass implementation of Moodle-cookie based
authentication.
Revision
4046 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 12 18:50:37 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Support for new Authen class:
* Use new Authen::Proctor subclass for proctor verification rathern than old
verifyProctor method of Authen.
* Remove unfinished code fragment introduced in 1.79. Harmless but annoying.
* Change names of login module constants from AUTHEN_MODULE and
PROCTOR_AUTHEN_MODULE to LOGIN_MODULE and PROCTOR_LOGIN_MODULE.
Revision
4045 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 12 18:50:11 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
New subclassable architecture. Should function identically to old
implementation (modulo bugs). verifyProctor has been replaced with an
Authen::Proctor subclass, which overrides several methods and consists
of about 30 real lines of code. Cool.
Revision
4044 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 6 00:23:59 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug that caused can error when a Complex1 object was passed to
the answer checker (rather than a string that needs to be parsed).
Revision
4043 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Apr 6 00:20:01 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed getFlag so that it sodesn't accidentally create the {context}
field of an object that doesn't already have one (Perl will create
hashes that don't already exist if you reference them). This was
causing problems with the ans_array processing
Revision
4042 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Apr 2 12:32:02 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When a file is uploaded and there is an error opening the destination
file, the error message now includes the system error report and the
file is no longer printed (causing a WeBWorK error).
Revision
4041 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 31 22:59:43 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A change to the way lists are processed in AnswerChecker.pm in
December (v1.75) requires that implicitList => 0 be added to the
defaults for variable_cmp().
Revision
4033 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 14:13:21 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated jsMath to version 3.2
Changes include a number of bug fixes, some enhancements to
the TeX emulation, new extensions for AMS symbols and \boldsymbol
(though these require laoding additional fonts onto the server), and
the elimination of the need for the blank.gif image for most browsers.
Revision
4032 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 14:05:21 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem were the no-font message wasn't being disabled
properly (due to changes in the CSS names used by jsMath).
Revision
4031 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 2 17:03:54 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
missed one line
Revision
4030 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 2 16:50:39 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Bug 988.
Use sortByName instead of sort to sort the keys in the %answerHash
Revision
4029 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 21 22:00:29 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Clean up verifyProctor() in Authen.pm, improve proctor authorization
logging.
Revision
4028 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 18 22:42:55 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Change check for zero from fuzzy check to strict check (when the
problem used absolute tolerances, in particular, this can causebig
problems).
Revision
4026 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 14 12:51:15 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to v3.1e (fixes problem with incorrect URL's in MSIE, reported
as bug #982.)
Revision
4022 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Feb 13 20:56:27 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update gateway template to clarify time warnings.
Revision
4021 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 10 01:09:08 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (move [edit] link for Course/Set Info to
top, resolving bug #978.)
Revision
4019 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 9 23:20:20 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (Preserve gateway test display options in
colum header links.)
Revision
4016 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 23:07:08 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update to version 3.1d of jsMath (works around a bug in Firefox
1.5.0.1 on the PC that causes the browser to crash when jsMath is loaded).
Revision
4015 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 21:03:25 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (security checks for sourceFilePath -- fixes bug #970.
* Utils.pm: add path_is_subdir
* Problem.pm: use path_is_subdir to check sourceFilePath
fix logic on when to use sourceFilePath
* ProblemSet.pm: use path_is_subdir to check sourceFilePath
add permissions check around sourceFilePath handler
* ProblemSets.pm: use path_is_subdir to check sourceFilePath
* GatewayQuiz.pm: remove code to preserve editMode/sourceFilePath (not used))
Revision
4012 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 19:20:57 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (change underscores to spaces in siblings
list, add tooltop for overflowing siblings.)
Revision
4011 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 19:20:09 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (provisionally cut off overflowing text
and reduce font sizes in menus.)
Revision
4010 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 3 18:21:26 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set $main::VERSION to "2.x" -- nice generic value for CVS.
Revision
4008 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 3 14:05:25 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Modify putUserProblem call to allow for versioned sets.
Revision
4007 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 3 00:22:15 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (disable editFileSuffix since it is not
used and is dumb.)
Revision
4002 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 2 22:29:43 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (Moved snippet of ContentGenerator.pm
that checked to see if the "report bugs" link could be showed inside
the clause that requires the authentication to have been verified.)
Although it was not noted in the original commit message, this commit
also removes trailing newlines from error reporting messages in Authz. I
assume this is so that the file/lineno is appened by Perl.
Revision
4001 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 2 22:19:03 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (removed grey box around problem text
because MSIE is awful. This fixes the grey-box problem mentioned in bug
#945.)
Revision
3999 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 1 19:24:36 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
List students last name first
Revision
3997 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 1 00:24:22 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (Use File::Path::mkpath to create the
hardcopy directory. mkpath() functions like ``mkdir -p'' in that it will
create multiple directory elements if needed. Closes bug #950.
Use the standard File::Temp::tempdir function instead of
makeTempDirectory() to create the actual working directory.
Add spaces after the "[edit]" links when PG errors are reported.)
Revision
3993 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 31 18:28:56 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved from webwork2/bin
Revision
3992 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 30 16:20:09 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When checking for division by zero, don't do fuzzy check.
Revision
3991 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 29 20:50:37 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug related to $mail{feedbackRecipients} being set in web configuration (reported on wwdevel. I don't think this has a bug number.
Revision
3988 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 28 04:33:08 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to v3.1c (added \def and \newcommand macros, fixed several
bugs).
Revision
3987 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 18:19:13 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (add GD and Net::SMTP, used by PG, and
remove silly test module.)
Revision
3985 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 17:53:48 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (Updated modules/executables list, cleaned up output.
Output now specifies that $PATH is being searched for executables, and
lists the contents of $PATH. Same with @INC. It's a little easier to
tell if a module/executable has not been found: The "found" lines are
prefixed by some space, which makes the not found '**' prefix stand out.
When a module fails to load, but it's not because it wasn't found, the
error message is given.)
Revision
3983 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 03:34:26 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
these files are no longer used
Revision
3982 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 03:33:49 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moving local utilities to admintools module
Revision
3981 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 03:32:30 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moving local utilities out of webwork2/bin
Revision
3980 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 22:02:26 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test commit with very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long first line.
Revision
3979 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 22:02:25 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test commit with very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long first line.
Revision
3978 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 22:01:43 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test commit with very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long first line.
Revision
3977 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 22:01:00 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test commit with very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long first line.
Revision
3976 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 21:59:50 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test commit with very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long first line.
and here's the second line!
Revision
3975 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 21:45:42 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-patches: (make addCourse, deleteCourse more
robust.
- pre-check permissions before trying to mkdir/rmtree
- treat creation errors on directories other than the root as warnings
- treat deletion errors on all directories as warnings
- treat sql_single "drop table" errors as warnings
- supress DBI's error reporting for command-line addcourse/delcourse)
Revision
3973 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 25 23:13:56 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (update copyright date range -- 2000-2006.
this is probably overkill, since there are some files that were created
after 2000 and some files that were last modified before 2006.)
Revision
3971 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 25 12:47:17 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Forward port to HEAD (Prevent "unquoted dx may conflict with future
usage" messages.)
Revision
3969 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 23:41:40 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (remove extraneous instructor tools link)
Revision
3967 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 23:40:43 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (removed bad characters)
Revision
3965 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 23:34:20 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (re-add $courseDirs{DATA}, since it is
still potentially useful.)
Revision
3963 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 23:27:02 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev: (make webwork code output siblings div/h2
code, rather than template. this allows for the siblings box to be named
according to its contents.)
Revision
3951 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 02:05:09 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
from rel-2-2-dev: (make templates validate)
Revision
3949 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 23 21:21:15 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward port: (fix width issues with info box.
restrict width of info box to exactly 40% of the page width. we can't
use "max-width" because MSIE doesn't support it.
set "overflow:auto" to enable scroll bars when the content can't be
wrapped to 40%. this is a little nicer than the contents running over
the border of the box, but MSIE makes bad choices about how to size the
box so as to avoid unnecessary scroll bars. (it sizes the element first
and then adds scroll bars, so it adding a horizontal scroll makes the
content area smaller than the content, necessitating a vertical scroll
bar as well. pretty annoying.)
Tested this in WinIE, Firefox, and Safari.)
Revision
3945 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 03:07:55 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port: (use darker foreground colors instead of bright background
color for message classes for now.)
Revision
3943 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:55:02 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port: (update info() for new stylesheet.)
Revision
3941 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:53:24 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port: (use info() from Login.pm)
Revision
3939 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:52:11 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port: (Don't output DIV tag in info() unless there's something
to display.)
Revision
3937 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:41:44 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port (Don't output DIV tag in info() unless there's something to
display.)
Revision
3935 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:29:40 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port to HEAD (Fixed error in variable names that was breaking
the code in HEAD. -gage)
Revision
3933 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 21 13:21:18 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.1b, which fixes several bugs in the fallback
modes, and a bug when <BR> tags appear within the mathematics (this
will not affect WW users). See the jsMath website for the complete
change long.
Revision
3930 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 20 00:37:36 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port to HEAD (fixed accidental commit of local version)
Revision
3927 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 20 00:21:14 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port to head (roll back part of change in version 1.58.)
Revision
3925 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 20 00:17:39 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port to head (partial clean up rendering of the info box. it
will now not show up unless it has content, and the headings will be
rendered more nicely.)
Revision
3924 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 20 00:11:50 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3922 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 19 01:11:37 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev (add h2 sizing for InfoPanel)
Revision
3920 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 19 01:09:59 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
forward-port from rel-2-2-dev (lots of formatting/indentation fixes,
also fix issue with text decoration in masthead.)
Revision
3918 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 19 01:05:46 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Forward-port from rel-2-2-patches: housekeeping.
added copyright notices.
UTF-8 => utf-8.
removed byte-order marker added by bbedit.
removed commented-out elements.
Revision
3915 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 17 02:20:19 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with formula-valued matrices producing an error message
incorrectly. (Was checking the wrong attribute of the entries.)
Revision
3913 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 17 01:56:24 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with variables that are multiplied with no space between
them (e.g., "ax") that was introduced when I changed the pattern to
allow multi-letter variable names.
The solution is to first check against the defined names before
checking for the more complete name pattern.
Revision
3912 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 13 21:15:19 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed license and readme to have generic "2.x" version numbers and no
specific readme test. (i may add some message about this being an
unreleased development version or something at a later date.)
Revision
3907 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 23:08:44 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Merge with HEAD (removal of commented-out messages)
Revision
3905 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 23:00:24 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Merge to HEAD (remove DPVC comments).
Revision
3903 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 22:56:12 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Merge to HEAD (Don't scan templates/tmpEdit for pg files in the Library Browser).
Revision
3901 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 22:41:51 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Merge changes with HEAD (Re-target view and edit links to use the view
and edit windows)
Revision
3898 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 10 03:40:40 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to jsMath version 3.1. This fixes problems with Firefox, and
includes several new features, including the ability to autoload
extensions to jsMath on the fly. Perhaps most important is the fact
that the main jsMath files have been compressed so that they will
download twice as fast as before.
Revision
3897 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 10 00:33:19 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Using Mike's fix for bug #942, because it was nicer.
Forward-ported from rel-2-2-dev revision 1.75.2.2 to HEAD.
Revision
3894 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 10 00:08:59 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Resolves bug #942, in which a missing permission level field causes a
warning:
This is in fact due to UserList assuming that $record{permission} is
defined when it is allowed to be undefined (as per the format of
classlist files).
I added a case that sets is to $default_permission_level if it is not
defined.
FIXED in branch rel-2-2-dev revision 1.75.2.1.
Forwarded-ported with no modifications to HEAD in this revision.
Revision
3892 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 9 23:57:28 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
I've modified the renameCourse code to simply issue a warning when a
course directory (other than the course root dir) is not movable. I've
also added error checking for some of the more common reasons for
directories to not be movable, so that the warning message is more
informative.
Resolves bug #943.
Originally committed to branch rel-2-2-dev.
Forward-ported without modification to HEAD.
Revision
3890 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 9 19:15:01 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the following bug: if you are importing multiple sets and (stupidly) include the line "the following file(s)" in your multiple selection (which can happen if you are trying to get everything), then you would get a cryptic error and nothing would be imported.
Revision
3888 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 8 18:18:17 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Merging changes from rel-2-2-dev into HEAD
Revision
3883 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 8 01:29:13 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to respond to bug report #936
Revision
3878 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 7 02:08:52 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
PG Problem Editor Help Page
Revision
3877 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 7 02:07:26 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
PG problem editor help
Revision
3876 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 7 01:14:54 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This fixes the bug specifically reported in bug report #935.
There are still problems with saving local copies of set headers.
Revision
3874 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 6 17:48:17 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway bugfix: correct (or work around) missing score/values.
Revision
3873 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 2 23:24:48 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: don't display gateway sets in siblings sidebar of
ProblemSet list for all users, regardless of permissions. This may
or may not be the desired behavior. I like it because it forces
the user to go to a test from the ProblemSets page where we rewrite
the link with the more intuitive (but longer) text "Take new [test
name] test".
Revision
3872 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 16:31:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to supply a code reference (rather than a Value object)
for the typeMatch and extra fields for the List answer checker (and
the String answer checker). This makes these more useful in
overriding the match for specific problems that want better error
messages, for example.
Revision
3871 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 16:29:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid error when a CODE reference is checked to see if it is a Value object.
Revision
3870 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 15:00:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to specify variables that are part of the union/list
rather than requiring just constants. E.g.,
interval_cmp("(1,a),(2a-1,a)",unions=>'no',var=>'a');
or
interval_cmp("(x,y),(2x,3y)",unions=>'no',vars=>['x','y']);
Revision
3869 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 14:57:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a new flag that controls how a list with a single entry that is
a list is handled. In the past, the student could not specify such an
item, but now the default is to form a list with a single entry that
is a list, provided the student has used parens explicitly around his
list. So "1,2" will be a list with two items and "(1,2)" will be a
list with one item (a list). This improves the ability to use the
list checker for lists of arbitrary pairs (like "(1,max)") especially
when you want to check for lists of these (e.g., "(1,max),(2,min)"),
since otherwise a single pair "(1,max)" entered by the student would
become the list "1,max" rather than the list containing the single
pair.
If you really want "(1,max)" to become the list "1,max", use
List("1,max")->cmp(implicitList=>0);
to prevent single lists from forming a list of a single item.
Revision
3868 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 02:42:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that the Parser allows multi-letter variable names, there is no
need to handle C0 specially.
Revision
3867 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 02:41:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that the parser accepts multi-character variables, there is no
need for the special treatment of dx. Also, allow the context to
specify the default variable to use, and if not available, take the
LAST varaible alphabetically, not the first. (x is more likely to be
last, and the author might have added dx as a variable so that it will
not cause an error if used in other answers in the problem, for
example.)
Revision
3866 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 01:39:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow multi-letter variable names and names like x1, x2, etc.
Revision
3865 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 30 20:45:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put the phrase "Click the icon for page and item specific help" at the
top since in most cases this is what people will want. If it's not there
people may give up before they get to it at the bottom of the page. Also
delete "(if it is available)" since it gives no useful information.
Arnie
Revision
3864 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 30 19:06:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
No longer needed.
Revision
3863 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 29 01:40:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in POST url which caused user and key to become multiply defined.
This may also cure some other anomolies such as the can't call method "psvn" without a package or object error
because that error sometimes included a reference to the key. ??? Not sure about this part, but it definitely
causes the multiple user and key definition.
Revision
3862 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 28 02:34:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
three more help files
Revision
3861 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 27 00:35:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed theme item in the Constants.pm file.
Revision
3860 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 27 00:34:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added popuplist widget to Config.pm. Modified Constants.pm to
allow choice of theme from a pop up menu.
Revision
3859 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 23:53:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Turn off debugging.
Allow the theme to be edited for each course. (This is slightly dangerous
since a misspelling of the theme could cause troubles.)
It would be helpful to have a pop-up menu widget for Config.pm -- similar to
the boolean or permission pop ups, but where the values
can be specified.
Revision
3858 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 22:06:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications which replace SetsAssignedToUsers.pm by UserDetail.pm
Added instructor help link to the links in the left margin.
There is no specific student help link.
Added some more configuration variables to Constants.pm
Revision
3857 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 22:04:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file replaces the SetsAssignedToUser.pm module. It allows you to
change the dates on several homework sets for a single student from one page.
This is a common activity, particularly when adding students, and is now a
much faster procedure.
Revision
3856 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 22:02:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The major change is to replace Sets assigned to user by UserDetail.pm. (Originally
written by Rob Van Dam and completed by Mike Gage.) It has undergone a significant
amount of testing, but has not yet been used in a course. We can back out of
these changes before creating a release if problems are found.
Revision
3855 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 21:59:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Improvements to the help displayed for each page.
Revision
3854 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:51:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: correct handling of gateway data input from def file.
Revision
3853 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:50:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: correct handling of gateway data when editing sets.
Revision
3852 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:50:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: fix typo.
Revision
3851 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:49:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: revise display of versioned and non-versioned sets. Now
all regular sets are sorted to the top of the list, with gateway tests
at the bottom. Use view_proctored_tests parameter to decide if proctored
tests should be hidden. Now uses new listUserSets and listUserSetVersions
routines from DB.
Revision
3850 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:48:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: reflect use of listUserSets to list non-versioned sets
Revision
3849 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:47:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: use listUserSets and listUserSetVersions to show grades
for all sets.
Revision
3848 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:46:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update:
- correct error check in deleteUserSet to allow deletion of set versions
- change countUserSets to only count non-versioned sets
- add countUserSetVersions to count versioned sets
- change listUserSets to not list versioned sets
- add listUserSetVersions to list versioned sets
These should resolve bug #894.
Revision
3847 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:43:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: restore runtimer() to gateway.template (though for some
reason it no longer likes the onload() handler in the body tag?). add
nocache headers to try and avoid pernicious use of the back button.
correct javascript timer to avoid negative times.
Revision
3846 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:41:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: change $gatewayGracePeriod
Revision
3845 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 05:26:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
i've been playing with a docbook version of the installation manual.
converting the twiki installation manual is too time-consuming for it to
be ready for 2.1.4, so this can just sit here until 2.1.5 or later.
Revision
3844 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 02:42:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some problems with alignment in Firefox 1.5 (will be part of 3.1
release, but that is being held up for the moment).
Revision
3843 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:24:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: deal with missing problem groups in gateway tests slightly
more gracefully.
Revision
3842 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:23:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: fix a number of quiet bugs
- deal with sets having no problems
- add grace period read from conf file when determining test time expiration
- retain consistent current time throughout processing
- improved messages for tests running over time
- add score and time messages to finished sets
- save version_last_attempt_time for submitted sets that run over time
Revision
3841 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:21:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: add a gateway.css style file for gateway styles
Revision
3840 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:20:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: add gateway.css stylesheet to gateway template
Revision
3839 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:19:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: add view_proctored_tests permission level and
gateway_grace_period parameter to global.conf. view_proctored_tests
will be used to determine if proctored tests by default appear in
a students' problem_set_list. gateway_grace_period is the time
after the actual time limit for the set that we will still grade
it.
Revision
3838 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 18:10:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't need this anymore
Revision
3837 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 20:18:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make links() work better with new template, emit "courses" link even
when not logged in.
Revision
3836 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 20:18:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make siblings() work better with new template
Revision
3835 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:42:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed cruft
Revision
3834 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:42:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
graceful failure if needed data is not supplied
Revision
3833 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:41:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
create $authz and $authen regardless of whether we have a courseID
Revision
3832 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:41:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new theme/template arrangment
Revision
3831 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:40:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
instead of a template hash, we give the default theme name and default
template name.
Revision
3830 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:37:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved template files into theme directories
Revision
3829 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 00:13:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added math-based template hack on it and figure out how it sucks.
Revision
3828 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 22:38:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get rid of submiterror escape
Revision
3827 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 22:37:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get rid of submitError usage
Revision
3826 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 22:00:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change it back
Revision
3825 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 21:44:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test fix of copyright symbol
Revision
3823 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 23:13:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't write globalUserID to course.conf file.
Revision
3822 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 23:03:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable gdbm and sql database layouts, remove unneeded config options.
this is the first step in removing support for these deprecated database
layouts.
Revision
3821 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 21:58:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove global_user from classlists (gdbm is dead)
Revision
3820 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 18:41:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added more permission levels for the course configuration module.
Revision
3819 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 18:29:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.0 of jsMath (see the jsMath web site for details
of the changes in this version).
Also updated the jsMath-ww.js bootstrap code to use the window onLoad
handler to do one call to jsMath at the end rather than lots of calls
for pages that show multiple problems (like the library browser).
Revision
3818 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 18:19:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the permission setting for whether or not hardcopy can show correct answers before the answer date. The old value was really for the "Show Past Answers" button, not for being able to see correct answers early.
Revision
3817 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 17:59:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
No longer used by jsMath.
Revision
3816 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 15 19:42:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accept display of edited problems even if they are from a gateway test,
but only if we have permission. fixed bug #868.
Revision
3815 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 15 19:11:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
refactored copy-and-pasted code
Revision
3814 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 17:47:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Really fix fun_cmp equivalence warning message.
We show the equivalence message when: we're not in preview mode AND the
answers are equivalent AND the answers are not identical. We DON'T CARE
whether the answers are correct or not, because that leaks information
in multipart questions when $showPartialCorrectAnswers is off.
Both the Parser-version (FUNCTION_CMP) and the non-Parser-version
(ORIGINAL_FUNCTION_CMP) behave as descibed above now.
And this time we test *before* we commit...
Revision
3813 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 16:42:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unneeded spacing. The spacing problem has been
fixed by aligning the login status information to the right.
That's a better fix than the non-breaking spaces.
Revision
3812 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 00:51:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
parser version was ok, bug #752 fixed in non-parser version.
Revision
3811 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 00:16:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed a link for creating a blank problem that is not yet fully supported.
Commented out cheerful green goodmessages announcing which subroutine handler of the PGProblemEditor
was being executed. They seem to have fulfilled their role and are no longer needed. :-)
-- Mike
Revision
3810 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 19:33:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove dummy checkboxes for the time being, sort of closing bug #805.
Revision
3809 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 18:28:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use Parser-based num_cmp and fun_cmp by default.
Revision
3808 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 18:23:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
give answer is equivalent message regardless of correctness.
fixes bug #752.
Revision
3807 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 18:18:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
push loginstatus over to the right
Revision
3806 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 12 22:24:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added some notes at the bottom.
Revision
3805 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 12 21:30:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed divide-by-zero error when calculating index.
Revision
3804 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 11 01:33:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Put a little space between the bread crumb path and the login status information.
Revision
3803 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 9 15:51:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
note the "force renumber" is always enabled when problems are being
reordered.
Revision
3802 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 8 19:16:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Allow reordering to succeed even if some UserProblems are missing.
Addresses bug #878.
By the way, I found the reordering code really hard to read, so I added
a lot of comments and replaced multidimensional array accesses with a
shorter form. ($sortme[$j][0] rather than $sortme[$j]->[0].) I'd like to
maybe rewrite this code sometime to eliminate some indirection and make
things clearer.
There are two substantive changes:
(1) When a UserProblem has to get reordered, we only reorder it if a
UserProblem record actually exists. If it doesn't exist, we figure out
where it would have moved to, and delete that problem instead.
(2) When moving a UserProblem, the target location either contains or
doesn't contain a record. Previously, the code checked whether a
GlobalProblem existed in this location, assuming that if a global
problem existed the corresponding UserProblem would as well. Now, it
checks whether a UserProblem exists, which allows for missing
UserProblem records.
Lingering questions:
(1) When multiple problems are assigned the same number, this results in
the last one ending up first in the new ordering. I think it would be
more natural for the first one to end up first. This would be an easy
fix.
(2) $force always gets set if reordering needs to be done, so we aren't
able to delete a problem, reorder some other problems, and end up with a
hole where where the deleted problem was. We can either fix this by
mentioning this next to the force checkbox, or change it so that
particular holes (i.e. those left by deleted problems) are allowed when
reordering.
Revision
3801 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 8 18:10:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
quick hack to prevent path text and loginstatus text from overlapping.
Revision
3800 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 7 16:13:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent error message when num_cmp specifies the same string more than
once (e.g., upper and lower case versions of the same thing).
Revision
3799 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 21:11:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove specific login error mesasges -- log to login.log instead. some
messages leaked information. (i.e. "user not found" versus "incorrect
password".)
Revision
3798 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 19:56:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed warnings in &nav and &options when set is not asssigned.
Revision
3797 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 19:55:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed useless debugging statement
Revision
3796 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 02:31:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow the admin course to be hidden by the hide_directort technique
Revision
3795 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 19:43:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add permission for viewing problem debugging info.
Revision
3794 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 17:58:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
comment cleanup -- ignore
Revision
3793 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 17:50:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added proper phrase quoting to rfc822_mailbox -- fixes bug #875.
Revision
3792 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 16:09:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected error message when mailing to an address is not allowed. This
used to refer to the courseWeBWorK.ph file, which is WW1-specific. It
now mentions global.conf and course.conf.
Revision
3791 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 3 21:24:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in instructor links for problem.
Revision
3790 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 3 21:18:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifying messages given when editing set detail.
Also changed the way blank problems are handled in editor.
You can save as or save a copy as
Revision
3789 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 3 21:17:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifying messages given when editing set detail.
Revision
3788 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 2 23:35:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
1-liner adding course hiding support. place a file named
"hidden_directory" in a course directory and it will not show up in the
courses list on the WeBWorK home page. it will still appear in the
CourseAdmin module. The file can be added/removed via UNIX access or by
using the FileManager module.
Revision
3787 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 2 18:37:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This fixes bug #919 -- the "update user-sets" line remained
commented out. I'm amazed this bug lasted as long as it did before
it caused trouble.
-- Mike
Revision
3786 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 20:35:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3785 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 20:34:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3784 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 20:21:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3783 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 19:48:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SystemAuth=no
Revision
3782 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 13:17:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with not including parentheses when a negative number
is the base of a power. (And in general, when a negative is used as an
operand of a higher-precendence operation, but it really only affected
powers.)
Revision
3781 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 29 21:25:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add underscores to the anonymous unique identifier for
questionnaires in WW 2 by using
${setNumber}_${courseName}_$psvnNumber
Revision
3780 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 28 20:49:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reinstated "report bugs" item in links()
Revision
3779 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 22 01:44:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications that set problems with path .../Library/setFoo/problemBar to reference the "Library" component in
bugzilla.
Also the problemSeed is added to the url sent to bugzilla e.g.
/webwork/shared-courses/gage_course_single_sql/templates/rochesterLibrary/setMAAtutorial/simplemultiplechoiceexample.pg_with_problemSeed=4655
this means that you can't click on the link, but it automatically includes a seed which might be helpful.
It is not guaranteed that this the seed that caused problems -- that depends on how the
bug is submitted -- but it is often the case that this seed caused the problem.
-- Mike
Revision
3778 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 22 01:42:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed a couple of bugs in the previous commit:
* links() preserves displayMode/showOldAnswers properly (bug #896)
* loginstatus() fixes formatting
* ur.template fixes a typo
Revision
3777 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:47:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reorganization and small changes for recent modifications to links().
split into two parts:
* ur.template classes: These classes appear in ur.template and are NOT
emitted by WeBWorK code. They need only appear in this template.
* WeBWorK classes: These classes are emitted by WeBWorK code and should
appear in ANY WeBWorK template.
moved "minimal list style" to "div.Links ul" and "div.Links ul ul".
div.Links is a ur.template class, and the proper place for styling the
link menu lists is in ur.template. Consequently, any UL in a Links div
gets styled this way, not just ULs of class LinksMenu. (In fact, class
LinksMenu no longer exists.)
Revision
3776 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:41:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changes to links subroutine:
* sublists are now within list items, as required by html spec
* use &makeLinks helper to generate links (makes the code easier to read)
* hilite the "active" link item with a strong tag and the "active" class
* change the way displayMode and showOldAnswers are preserved, and
preserve them in all the links. (see comments in code)
changes to help subroutine:
* add alt-text for help icon (" ? ") to conform to html spec
As of now, all the code generated by template functions in this file is
XHTML 1.0 Transitional compliant. The same cannot be said for the code
generated by other content generators or PG.
Revision
3775 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:24:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change "die" to "croak" in a couple of places to make error messages
more useful.
Revision
3774 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:23:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't check "if loggedin" before calling loginstatus. loginstatus now
says "not logged in" when the user is not logged in.
Revision
3773 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:20:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix doctype, remove duplicate "message" escape.
Revision
3772 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:06:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't need this any more -- wwsh now uses the perl debugger instead.
Revision
3771 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:05:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use the perl debugger for a shell instead of PSH. this gets us a
readline (or readline-like?) editing environment, which is much nicer to
work with.
Revision
3770 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 17:33:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
utility script to create tarballs of problem libraries.
Revision
3769 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 13:13:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with formatStudentAnswer not being defined in the
special context created for this answer checker.
Revision
3768 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 18 18:30:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
give the style used for the attempt results summary a structural name
(attemptResultsSummary) rather than a sort-of-stylistic name (emphasis).
Revision
3767 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 18 18:13:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Use optionsMacro for options like we do in Problem.pm. This reduces the
amount of (but doesn't eliminate) duplicated code between Problem and
GatewayQuiz.
Revision
3766 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 18 15:49:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make notification message more explicit.
Revision
3765 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 22:57:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle the new global.conf setting for jsMath's processDoubleClicks option.
Revision
3764 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 22:56:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated jsMath to version 2.4a. This fixes a number of alignment
problems. Most of these are for math in tables, and baseline
alignment issues in MSIE. A new feature is the ability to
double-click on a mathematical expression on get a small window witht
eh TeX source code for the expression. This can be disabled by
setting
$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{processDoubleClicks} = 0;
in gloabl.conf.
[jsMath v2.4a also includes a number of new features for the tex2math
plugin, but this is not used by WeBWorK, so they will not be listed
here. See the jsMath home page for more details.]
Revision
3763 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 13:21:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Give better error messages when the entries in Points, Vectors and
Matrices are not of the right type.
Revision
3762 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 13:20:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted the parentheses slightly so that matrices will only be formed
in Matrix context, not Point or Vector context (this produced
confusing messages for students in some circumstances where they didn't
balence their parentheses correctly).
Revision
3761 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 16 22:04:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
also get rid of fixed height for siblings list :-P
Revision
3760 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 16 22:03:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
back out of overflow:auto feature since it makes mozilla unhappy
sometimes.
Revision
3759 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 01:31:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Roll back my changes. Use Davide's method of detecting the preview Button
Revision
3758 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:58:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Check to see if $inputs_ref->{previewAnswers} is defined. If it is then
the preview button has been pressed. In this case emit a warning if
the answer has been given previously regardless of whether the answer is
correct or incorrect. The warning message indicates that the previous
matching answer might have been either a preview or a submitted answer.
Let's see how this works.
Revision
3757 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:50:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Take care of the issue where Preview could be used to gather
information about whether an answer is correct by using the "this
answer is the same as the previous one" message. Now if Preview is
used, the warning is given whether the answer is right or not.
(Maybe it is not necessary to check for correct at all, since that was
there to prevent the message from being issued when there are multiple
answer blanks and the student is working on other ones. But the exact
match check will take care of those. Should the message be issued if
the student changes a correct answer to an equivalent one?)
Revision
3756 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:34:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated a comment to make it more accurate.
Revision
3755 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:31:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make had the right idea, but used the wrong context (or what might be
the wrong context in some circumstances).
Revision
3754 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:30:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Roll back Mike's change, since this can cause unwanted error messages
in list comparisons and other situations where the equality check
could compare different types of objects (for example) or where the
comparison could legitimately fail. We only want to report errors
here when the user-supplied checker code fails.
This change would cause errors to be reported, for example, when the
user (incorrectly) entered a vector one time and then a formula
(correctly) the next time. When the previous answer is checked against
the current one, this change would report an error rather than
silently ignoring the error, as it should.
Revision
3753 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:13:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to code checking whether the previous answer is equivalent to the current answer.
In this module additional code was answer to check for errors in the overloaded ==
in case the two Values can't be compared.
In PGanswermacros.pl the filter which handles "parse_previous_answer"
was modified to make sure the context is the same in the previous answer and the current answer.
Revision
3752 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:12:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to code checking whether the previous answer is equivalent to the current answer.
In this module additional code was answer to check for errors in the overloaded ==
in case the two Values can't be compared.
In PGanswermacros.pl the filter which handles "parse_previous_answer"
was modified to make sure the context is the same in the previous answer and the current answer.
Revision
3751 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 10 16:12:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Create the [HTML_TMP]/hardcopy directory if it doesn't exist. This is something of
a hack done in Hardcopy.pm at the moment. I think this should be moved over
to makeTempDirectory in Utils, but that would require more checking than I can
do right at the moment.
-- Mike
Revision
3750 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 8 20:47:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this commit fixes quite possible the stupidest thing i've ever done.
wondering where messages like this
$GlobalSets[1] (ID Sec9.2ParametricEq) not defined -- skipping
at /ww/webwork/webwork2/lib/WeBWorK/ContentGenerator/Hardcopy.pm
line 286.
were coming from?
the answer is:
$GlobalSets[1] = undef;
which is a line i put in there for testing and never removed. i am very
sorry. :-(
Revision
3749 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 8 20:24:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix error message for undefined global sets to print array index instead
of "$i".
Revision
3748 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:30:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't override loginstatus/links (they can handle not being logged in
now). also, stop using CGI::Pretty.
Revision
3747 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:30:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't override loginstatus/links (they can handle not being logged in
now)
Revision
3746 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:29:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
clear Authen.pm's verify cache upon logout, don't overload if_loggedin()
or links() anymore.
Revision
3745 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:28:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow links() and loginstatus() to operate properly even if no user is
logged in. uses new method was_verified() in Authen.pm. also, stop using
CGI::Pretty, for speed and download size.
Revision
3744 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:21:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
stop using CGI::Pretty, for speed and output size.
Revision
3743 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:18:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
store authenticator in $r.
Revision
3742 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:18:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add slot for WeBWorK::Authen object. we can use it for checking login
status.
Revision
3741 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:17:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add caching of verify() result, reorganize file, add docs.
Revision
3740 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:16:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated "test" template for debugging. all current template escapes are
now represented, and their output is surrounded by visible DIVs. much
more useful now. ;)
Revision
3739 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:15:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
slight tweak to stylesheet to correct placement of loginstatus message
regardless of whether it uses a <DIV> or a <SPAN>.
Revision
3738 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 3 04:18:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed code to filter out undefined sets, improved error reporting when
that happens.
Revision
3737 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 2 18:58:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed unmaintained templates
Revision
3736 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 1 01:51:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added rudimentary link to report problems directly. It does this by constructing a link
to the bugzilla CGI that includes information on the file name of the problem and the library
in which the problem is stored. This is probably still pretty fragile. A separate
module could be constructed to more intelligently report bugs.
-- Mike
Revision
3735 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 31 21:19:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Create an anonymous unique identifier for
questionnaires in WW 2 by using
$setNumber$courseName$psvnNumber in place of
$psvnNumber.
Revision
3734 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:46:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cleaned up error reporting for status methods. if arguments are not
defined and non-empty, a warning is given (using "carp") and an
undefined value is returned.
Revision
3733 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:40:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
possible fix for problem when status_abbrev_has_behavior is used with an
abbrev that doesn't map to any status.
Revision
3732 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:31:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
more debugging
Revision
3731 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:24:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
typos...whoops...
Revision
3730 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:24:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
made code for filtering guest users a little more clear.
Revision
3729 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:21:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed erorrs to warnings for the time being.
Revision
3728 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:18:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
only check status behaviors for guest users that have a defined status.
apparently, status can still sometimes be empty.
Revision
3727 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 15:51:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added error checking to ensure that arguments to status lookup methods
are defined.
Revision
3726 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 25 20:34:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug #870 so that setHeaders can be viewed and edited.
Revision
3725 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 22 04:30:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to jsMath v2.3b. See the jsMath website for the change log
for this version.
Revision
3724 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 20 19:40:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error where files of type 'source_path_for_problem_file' were
not redirected in the save_handler
Revision
3723 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 20 00:57:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A new parser object that handles popup menus. Mainly this is so that
you can use them with the MultiPart object, which requires all the
objects to be Value objects. See the comments in the file for
documentation and examples.
Revision
3722 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 19 01:49:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected misspelling
Revision
3721 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 17:36:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rearrange addition, deletion, change-saving, and "mark correct" code.
Order is now:
- save changes to existing problems
- mark specified problems correct
- delete specified problems
- add blank problem
This ensures consistencey if multiple operations are performed at once,
and also prevents the values set in the new problem from being
overwritten with empty values when changes to existing problems are
saved.
Revision
3720 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 14:01:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed wording on link.
Revision
3719 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 13:58:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Improved handling of case where a blank_problem is asked for in PGProblemEditor.pm
Also improved the random names for new local problems
Added ability to create a new blank problem in ProblemSetDetail.pm (without going to the PGProblemEditor.pm)
however something is not yet working when this problem record is saved.
Sam -- could you look at
lines near 679 to see what the problem is? There is a FIXME note there. I suspect that the addProblemToSet
routine is failing somehow, but there is no error message. Many of the record fields are not filled out --
including the sourceFile path and the number of attempts. The same snippet of code works fine
in PGProblemEditor.pm
--Mike
Revision
3718 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 03:42:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Refactored much of the action in PGProblemEditor.pm This allows a user inteface
which mimics the interface for the Hmwk sets editor and for the Classlist editor.
It also allows all of the temporary edit files to be placed in one location.
This allows one to "temporarily" edit a library file to try to see what is wrong with it.
It is also now much easier to make a local copy of a library file for your current problem set
so that you can tweak it.
It has been fairly well tested by one person (me) but there may still be bugs.
-- Mike
Revision
3717 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 03:37:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for a directory for temporary edit files default: templates/tmpEdit
Revision
3716 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 16 03:37:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In the past, when Value objects were inserted into strings, they would
automatically include parentheses so that if you had $f equal to 1+x
and $g equal to 1-x, then Formula("$f/$g") would mean (1+x)/(1-x)
rather than 1+(x/1)-x, which is what would happen as a straing string
substitution.
The problem is that this would also happen for real numbers, vectors,
and everything else, even when it wasn't necessary. So if $x=Real(3),
then "Let x = $x" would be "Let x = (3)".
I have changed the behavior of the string concatenation for Value
objects so that parentheses are only added in a few cases: for
Formulas, Complex numbers, and Unions. This makes the other Value
objects work more like regular variables in strings, but might cause
some problems with strings that are used as formulas. For example, if
$a = Real(-3), then "x + 2 $a" will become "x + 2 -3", or "x-1" rather
than the expected "x - 6". (The old approach would have made it "x +
2 (-3)" which would have worked properly). For the most part, it is
easier to use something like "x + 2*$a" or even "x" + 2*$a in this
case, so the extra trouble of having to avoid parentheses when you
really meant to substitute the value into a string didn't seem worth
it.
Revision
3715 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 16 03:27:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a new experimental diagonstic function for the function answer
checker. When enabled, it will produce graphs of the correct answer,
the student answer, and the absolute and relative errors, and will
list the data points used in the comparison, plus the numerical values
of the results and errors.
To enable the diagnostic, use
ANS(fun_cmp($f,diagnostics=>1));
Note that only single-variable functions can be graphed at the moment,
so if you are using a multi-variable check, you need to disable the
graphing. To do this use
ANS(fun_cmp($f,vars=>['x','y'],diagnostics=>[showGraphs=>0]));
The diagnostic mode is only available for the Parser-based versions of
the function checker, and (of course) with the native Parser objects
as well:
ANS(Formula($f)->cmp(diagnostics=>1));
There are now Context settings to control the diagnostics, which can
be set through Context()->diagnostics->set(). For example
Context()->diagnostics->set(formulas=>{showGraphs=>0});
would turn off graphs for all functions comparisons. Some of the
other values you can set are:
formulas => {
showTestPoints => 1, # show the test points and function values
showRelativeErrors => 1, # show the relative errors for the student answer
showAbsoluteErrors => 1, # show the absolute errors for the student answer
showGraphs => 1, # show the various graphs
graphRelativeErrors => 1, # show the relative error graph
graphAbsoluteErrors => 1, # show the absolute error graph
clipRelativeError => 5, # don't show relative errors above 5
clipAbsoluteError => 5, # don't show absolute errors above 5
plotTestPoints => 1, # include dots at the test points
combineGraphs => 1, # show correct and student graphs in one image
},
graphs => {
divisions => 75, # the number of data points to plot
limits => [-2,2], # the lower and upper limit of the plot
# (taken from the function limits if not provided)
size => 250, # pixel size of the image (could be [width,height])
grid => [10,10], # number of grid lines in each direction
axes => [0,0], # where to put axes relative to origin
}
Any of these can be set in the Context(), or in the answer checker
itself. If you set diagnostics to an array reference, the entries in
the array refer to element of the formulas hash. If you set
diagonstics to a hash reference, then you can set values in either the
formulas or graphs hashes, as in:
ANS(Formula($f)->cmp(diagnostics=>{
formulas => {showAbsoluteErrors=>0},
graphs => {size=>300, divisions=>100},
}));
If you want all function checkers to show diagnostics, use
Context()->diagonstics->set(formulas=>{show=>1});
The image file names are modified to include the current time so that
the names will be unique. This avoids problems with the browser cache
showing a old image when a new one has been generated. But this also
means that the temporary image directory will fill up fast, so you may
need to empty it if you use the diagnostic images frequently.
This is just a first attempt at a diagnostic feature. I think it will
help when you are not sure if the tolerances are set properly, or if
you think a student answer should be markes correct but isn't, as it
will point out which point(s) are not being accepted.
Revision
3714 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 16 02:44:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified context data objects to provide a copy method so that the
various types of data can copy themselves (and can provide a more
comprehensive copy if necessary).
Revision
3713 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 14 23:33:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Let Parser object's cmp(debug=>1) option set the debug feature of the
answer evaluator.
Revision
3712 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 14 21:19:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "height: 10em; overflow: auto;" for div.Siblings fixing bug #581.
Revision
3711 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 14 19:10:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
show first pdflatex error (bug #850), HTML escaping.
- generate_hardcopy_pdf() now reports the first error encountered in
hardcopy.log in the list of errors.
- variables substituted into errors strings are now displayed inside
<code>..</code> tags, and their values are escpaed with CGI/pm's
escapeHTML() function.
Revision
3710 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 22:44:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate undefined value usage in unformatDateTime, fixing bug #826.
also factored out error reporting into unformatDateTime_error and
improved formatting slightly.
Revision
3709 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 22:06:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added sorting of set definition files, fixing bug #809.
also added no_chdir=>1 flag to File::Find::find and modified
$get_set_defs_wanted accordingly.
Revision
3708 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 21:13:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check to ensure that permission level is numeric, fixing bug #822.
Revision
3707 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 21:04:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added $default_permission_level
Revision
3706 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 20:45:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't show "act as" link unless the user is actually allowed to.
Revision
3705 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 20:44:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
stop redirecting to Login when user is not allowed to "act as". Instead,
throw an exception.
Revision
3704 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 17:59:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added syntactic sugar for pop_up_lists.
A common situation is that a problem includes a short multiple-choice question along with other answers. Often, these questions are written as fill-in-the-blank where the student is told a list of legal words to put in the blanks. The idea is to make it as simple as possible for problem writers to replace the fill-in-the-blank with a drop-down list of alternatives.
So, now the text of a problem can contain
is the function increasing on [0,1]? \{ pop_up_list(['?', 'yes', 'no']) \}
instead of
is the function increasing on [0,1]? \{ pop_up_list('?' => '?', 'yes' => 'yes', 'no' => 'no') \}
The result is checked with something like
ANS(str_cmp('yes'));
Existing problems are unaffected since the added syntax uses a reference to a list (the extra square brackets).
Revision
3703 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 23:47:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add a new context flag that controls how the student answer should be
displayed. The formatStudentAnswer flag can be set to 'evaluated'
(the default), which shows the final numeric answer; 'parsed', which
shows the fully parsed version (including extra parentheses for
clarity); or 'reduced', which performs constant operations, but
doesn't perform function evaluations or named-constant substitutions.
For example, if the student answers 1+2+sqrt(3), then 'evaluated' will
produce 4.73205, 'reduced' will show 3+sqrt(3), and 'parsed' will
show 1+2+sqrt(3).
Revision
3702 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 23:41:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
If constant functions are not being reduced, don't mark the function
call as constant (since otherwise it might be evaluated later accidentally).
Revision
3701 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:36:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
putting site_info back in htdocs. see bug #832.
Revision
3700 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:34:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make sure there are answer blanks before printing \begin{itemize}. fixes
bug #859.
Revision
3699 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:18:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added full_name and rfc822_mailbox methods for convenience.
Revision
3698 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:17:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added names to From: and To: email addresses, if users have names
defined. noted in global.conf.dist that feedbackRecipients can include
user names.
Revision
3697 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:02:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for bug #832 -- default site_info.txt is blank and in correct place.
Revision
3696 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 12:37:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where correct_ans could not be overridden in the cmp()
method for Lists.
Revision
3695 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:20:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for bug 815 "Emphasize set name on the Assign users to Set page (set
detail page)"
Revision
3694 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:13:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check for $total==0 to eliminate potential DIV error (bug #855)
Revision
3693 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:07:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disallow login of "dropped" practice users (bug #387). also don't show
Guest Login button if there are no "dropped" practice users.
Revision
3692 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:02:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo.
Revision
3691 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 21:56:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "include_in_email" behavior to Enrolled and Audit statuses.
Revision
3690 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 21:55:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
modify usage of user status to take advantage of new status system. the
most extensive change is in UserList, where the names of statuses are
now shown in the status column along with the abbreviation that's
actually set in the database, and the edit popup shows the actual names
that are defined in global.conf.
Revision
3689 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 7 02:38:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected a problem with contexts not being reset properly after
num_cmp or fun_cmp.
Revision
3688 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 5 18:16:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Implemented status system as per bug #743.
The status system consists of a new hash in the course environment,
%statuses, that maps status names (like "Enrolled", "Drop", "Audit") to
(a) a list of allowed abbreviations for the status and (b) a list of
behaviors the system should have when dealing with users who have the
status.
I didn't want to have to mangle that hash-of-hashes-of-arrays myself in
many modules, but I also didn't want to devote an entire module
(Status.pm) to it. So, I'm trying a little experiment: I've added them
as methods to WeBWorK::CourseEnvironment. My thinkint is that since all
the data for these operations comes from the course environment, so why
not have them be course environment methods? Here they are:
status_abbrev_to_name($status_abbrev)
Given the abbreviation for a status, return the name. Returns undef
if the abbreviation is not found.
status_name_to_abbrevs($status_name)
Returns the list of abbreviations for a given status. Returns an
empty list if the status is not found.
status_has_behavior($status_name, $behavior)
Return true if $status_name lists $behavior.
status_abbrev_has_behavior($status_abbrev, $behavior)
Return true if the status abbreviated by $status_abbrev lists
$behavior.
Since I removed the previous $siteDefaults{status} hash from
global.conf, I have already switched modules that formerly used that
hash over to using the new methods:
Authen.pm: use status_abbrev_has_behavior($status, "allow_course_access")
to determine if a user should be allowed to log in.
Feedback.pm: look up status abbreviation using status_abbrev_to_name()
and print the result for the status field in the email.
Instructor.pm: use status_abbrev_has_behavior($status, "include_in_assignment")
to determine if a user should be included in an assignment.
UserList.pm and UsersAssignedToSet.pm: use status_abbrev_to_name() to
get name of CSS class.
Revision
3687 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 04:45:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added e-mail feedback verbosity to config area.
Revision
3686 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 04:32:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added email subject line to config variable.
Revision
3685 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 04:29:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow basic types to specify the width of their input fields, and changed the handling of the long doc strings. The long string is no longer sent as a parameter where it might be truncated.
Revision
3684 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 00:52:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Made a little more html use CGI::* methods.
Revision
3683 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 20:40:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added some todo items, and fixed minor bug with the minimum number of
displayModes (it was supposed to be a variable).
Revision
3682 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 19:51:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New Config module. It will put its course settings in a file simple.conf
along side course.conf. Changes are:
URLPath.pm: wiring so the Config module can be called
ContentGenerator.pm: link in left panel to Config module
CourseEnvironment.pm: evaluate simple.conf. File name can be specified
when creating a new CourseEnvironment. This allows it to be bypassed
(which is currently used), or to test a simple settings file (not
used now, but it might be useful).
Constants.pm: all data about configuration is stored here. New values
can just be added here, unless they are a new type.
Config.pm: new module for limited course configuration.
Note, it might be better to move the new variable in Constants.pm to
another file. Committing changes to Constants.pm can be an extra
hassle since it contains some site specific configuration.
Revision
3681 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 19:44:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add location/name of simple configuration file. It is written by the Config module.
Revision
3680 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 12:13:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unneeded "my" for a varaible that is already local.
Revision
3679 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 01:17:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Major update to allow ImplicitPlane objects to be created
automatically by the Parser when it sees equal signs. This makes it
possible to use ImplicitPlanes in Lists. (Before, when the List was
turned into a Formula returning a List, the equality became a plane
old equality rather than an ImplicitPlane object.)
This is a bit of a hack for now until I can make List and other Value
objects be allowed to have Formulas as their entries rather than turn
into Formulas returning Lists (or whatever type).
Revision
3678 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 01:13:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle the names of entries in Lists and Formulas returning lists
better. Also do better typechecking on these lists. Finally, allow
better typechecking for String objects that are being used when a
Formula answer is allowed.
Revision
3677 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 01:10:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow context to override object class used to create formula objects
(so that things like ImplicitPlane can create instances of themselves
automatically when needed).
This mechanism needs to be enlarged to encompass the other Value
object classes as well (like the Context()->{parser}{...} hash).
The real problem is that the List object probably shouldn't create a
formula returning a list when it is passed formulas, since there
really isn't much need for a formula returning a list to be
autogenerated (you can create one by hand using Formula if needed).
Right now, ALL the Value objects make themselves into Formulas when
one of their entries is a formula. For example, Point(1,"x") produces
the same thing as Formula("(1,x)"), and List(1,"x") is the same as
Formula("1,x"). This is good for points, but not so good for lists.
And it might sometimes be nice to have a Vector of Formulas, or a
Matrix with Formula entries (rather than Formulas returning Vectors or
Matrices). But this would require some serious changes internally in
the Value objects, which make assumptions about their values being
constant. Changing that will be for another day...
Revision
3676 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 00:59:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correctly create Formula returning List when a list has formula
entries.
Revision
3675 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:36:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added manage_course_files activity. changed FileManger to use new
activity. added hasPermissions() checks to Index and Contentgenerator to
only show File Manger when user has permission.
Revision
3674 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:32:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix error reporting for include() function.
Revision
3673 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:31:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
give user an error message if they can't act as another user.
see bug #846.
Revision
3672 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:16:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
modifications to support changes to global.conf.dist adding %userRoles
hash and changing the meaning of values in %permissionLevels.
Authz will now look up the role obtained from %permissionLevels in the
%userRoles hash, and compare the resulting number with the user's
permission level.
Revision
3671 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:15:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
implemented named roles for permissions system. %userRoles maps role
names to numeric permission levels, and %permissionLevels now maps
activities* to role names. A slight change to Authz.pm accompanies this
change to do the role-to-permission-level lookups.
* a.k.a. operations, privilegespermissions, gotta get the terminology
straight. think of the users!
%userRoles should be used by modules such as UserList for providing more
intelligent editing of the permission_level field. Another possible use
would be to for pretty-printing user types -- a user could be called a
student, ta, professor, etc. based on what role corresponded to their
permission_level.
Revision
3670 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 22:08:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only add the 'dx' variable if it isn't already in the context.
Revision
3669 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 22:02:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with the automatic upgrading of object classes for
when Value objects are subclassed but are not entered into the
precedence list.
Revision
3668 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 17:41:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Improve the label on submit button in single user mode.
Revision
3667 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 01:57:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow making a local copy of a library problem with a single button push.
The user interface is still cluttered. I think I'll rewrite the bottom button rows
using radio buttons and a 'Take action' submit button as on the Classlist and Homework set editor
pages.
Revision
3666 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 01:25:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Simplified the interface for users (who can only download one set at a time and can only download one user).
It could be made slightly more general -- it currently implicitly assumes that either one can edit both
multiple sets and multiple users or one can edit only a single user and a single set.
Removed an error in the [edit] link when there is an error. The anchor HTML tags were wrapped two layers deep
around the reference.
Can probably still use some more tweaks in the interface.
-- Mike
Revision
3665 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 23:26:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the wording of the initial course.conf file.
Revision
3664 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 23:24:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting change for readability
Revision
3663 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 21:46:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed problem with `!' in set IDs, improved error reporting.
the `!' poblem was caused by passing UserSets to ScrollingRecordList
instead of passing GlobalSets. UserSets have a two-part key (user ID and
set ID), and ScrollingRecordList concatenates them with a `!' to create
the value names. This is a desireable behavior, but not one that I
remembered. Whoops.
Revision
3662 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 20:40:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where if you specified a variable other than dx, the
division by zero check didn't work properly.
Revision
3661 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 11:11:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in comments.
Revision
3660 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 01:07:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make email addresses active on the classlist page just as they are on
the student progress page.
Revision
3659 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 23:32:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set a default value for hardcopy_format if it's not given.
Revision
3658 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 21:46:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pointless confusion, while humorous, is not good for maintainability.
Revision
3657 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 21:44:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting
Revision
3656 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 03:58:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
percent sign snuck in there oops
Revision
3655 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 26 04:11:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the numerical values of lbf to make it more accurate (assuming that lbf is an abbreviation for ft-lbs which I doubt).
Also replaced the conversion factor for pounds with a more accurate figure.
Revision
3654 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 24 02:38:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to be able to handle empty anwswer blanks. There is a new
parameter for the MultiPart object (allowBlankAnswers) that controls
whether the checker routine will be called even when there are blank
entries (normally, the checker is not called unless all the entries
are non-blank). Use
$mp = MultiPart(1,2)->with(checkTypes=>0,allowBlankAnswers=>0);
to have the checker routine called when answers are left blank.
You can now also include blank answers in the list itself:
$mp = MultiPart(1,2,"");
(there is no need to include allowBlankAnswers in this case, because
the blank string will take care of itself.
Revision
3653 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 24 00:51:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent empty answers that are marked as correct from being counted as
unanswered blanks. This avoids the "all the above are correct/at
least one of the above are NOT correct" problem, and suppresses the "n
questions remain unanswered" message when the empty questions are
counted as correct.
Revision
3652 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 24 00:47:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have answers that are empty strings. String("") now
will produce a valid string object regardless of the Context's defined
string values. (You can prevent this using
Context()->flags->set(allowEmptyStrings=>0);
if you wish). String("")->cmp will produce an answer checker for an
empty string (it removes the blank checker that WW installs).
Revision
3651 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 23 23:31:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added download_hardcopy_format_pdf permission, set to $guest. This
allows professors to turn off hardcopy altogether by setting all the
download_hardcopy_format_* permissions to undef. Also change the default
permisisonLevel for $guest to -5, to match the permissionLevels for the
practiceUsers in defaultClasslist.lst. (It was supposed to be -5 all
along.)
Revision
3650 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 23 23:27:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Use new hardcopy param names.
Revision
3649 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 23 23:26:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Extensive refactor/rewrite.
There are probably going to be bugs here that we squished in the old
version of Hardcopy, but it seems to be pretty robust after an evening
of testing. Alert me if you see problems.
Features:
* standard ScrollingRecordLists are used for user and set selection.
* TeX source is written incrementally instead of being accumulated in
memory.
* arguments to shell commands are now quoted using String::ShellQuote
* modular design allows adding additional formats easily (i.e. dvi, ps)
* error reporting code is simplified.
* if errors/warnings occur, user will see them on screen instead of
getting the hardcopy file.
* on the error screen, user can click to get (possibly broken) hardcopy
if it exists.
* on the error screen, user can click to get interesting temporary
files. (for PDF format these are hardcopy.{tex,log,aux} and
pdflatex.std{out,err}.)
* on the error screen, if an error concerns a particular problem, an
"edit problem" link is included.
* probably more stuff i'm forgetting
Revision
3648 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 18:58:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed label for context URL to "Click this link to see the page from
which the user sent feedback".
Revision
3647 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 18:45:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restrict dates to < 10 years in the future -- see bug #829.
Revision
3646 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 18:06:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
since the subject line can be changed now, email filters would be wise
to rely on something more static. i've added X-WeBWorK-* headers to
accomodate this:
X-WeBWorK-Module
X-WeBWorK-Course
X-WeBWorK-User
X-WeBWorK-Section
X-WeBWorK-Recitation
X-WeBWorK-Set
X-WeBWorK-Problem
Revision
3645 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 17:48:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
implement customizable feedback subject line. The following escape
sequences are recognized:
%c = course ID
%u = user ID
%s = set ID
%p = problem ID
%x = section
%r = recitation
%% = literal percent sign
Revision
3644 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 14:11:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add section and recitation to feedback subject line as per Gavin's
suggestion.
Revision
3643 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 21 20:26:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
fixed small typo
Revision
3642 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 21 18:25:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "use WeBWorK::Debug" to allow debug() statements to work.
Revision
3641 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 20 23:42:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with reporting the directories where files with given
types should be uploaded.
Revision
3640 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 17:11:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug 819. This adds a method to DB for getting all merged problems
for a (student,set) combination so that the problem value can be
correct. See bug 819 for additional comments on how this affects
scoring when an individual student is given an override value for
"weight".
Revision
3639 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 16:25:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added nice custom formatting routines for user/set/problem data:
* uses "yes" and "no" for true/false values
* formats dates
* uses "unlimited" for -1 max_attempts
* uses pretty names for the status
* decodes the answer string
* lines up output
Revision
3638 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 00:58:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug where str_cmp("0") was changing the correct answer to "",
making it impossible to get correct.
Revision
3637 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 00:16:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent the empty list from having open and close be set to 'start'
(a value used internally).
Revision
3636 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:14:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Expanded information in error messages.
Revision
3635 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:12:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added \usepackage{epstopdf} on the suggestion of Frank Wolfs to the TeX header.
This allows the CAPA files to print pictures with pdflatex even though they
use .eps figures.
Revision
3634 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 16:32:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Use underscore2nbsp from higher up module. Hopefully this fixes bug
841.
Revision
3633 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 13:22:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't allow wrapping in label for ans_array errors.
Revision
3632 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 13:22:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved layout and labeling of error messages.
Revision
3631 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 13:02:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Parser answer checkers used to give the student answer as the
parsed but unevaluated answer. This has been changed so that the
student answer is now the computed result, no the parsed answer.
The answer preview still shows the parsed equation. This is more
consistent with the traditional answer checkers, and probably is more
valuable to the students.
Revision
3630 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 12:39:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better error messages for unreduced unions.
Revision
3629 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 12:25:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved error message layout and labeling for when ans_array is used.
Revision
3628 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 12:22:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved error messages for formulas returning infinity
Revision
3627 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 19:08:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
feedback is now sent to users with receive_feedback permission
regardless of the contents of the feedbackRecipients list in
global.conf. Comments in global.conf now read:
By default, feeback is sent to all users who have permission to
receive_feedback. If this list is non-empty, feedback is also sent to
the addresses specified here.
* If you want to disable feedback altogether, leave this empty and set
submit_feeback => $nobody in %permissionLevels below. This will
cause the feedback button to go away as well.
* If you want to send email ONLY to addresses in this list, set
receive_feedback => $nodoy in %permissionLevels below.
It's often useful to set this in the course.conf to change the
behavior of feedback for a specific course.
Revision
3626 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:50:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new feedbackMacro(), put "edit this problem" inside the problem DIV.
Revision
3625 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:50:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new feedbackMacro()
Revision
3624 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:49:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added feedbackHelper to consolidate generation of feedback form.
Revision
3623 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:47:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow printing of error message upfront when there are no recipients.
Revision
3622 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 17:58:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes (blank lines, comments, ordering)
Revision
3621 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:24:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications to the directions for archiving courses.
Revision
3620 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 15 14:26:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 2.1d, which fixes a number of small bugs,
including:
o There was a problem with image fonts where the cached data about
the size of the images was not being checked properly, so was
recomputed every time a character was displayed. The cache is now
properly handled, so that should speed up image mode.
o Fixed a bug where loading extra fonts while in image mode would
cause the data about previously loaded image fonts to be lost.
o Fixed a bug with "Hi-Res Fonts for Printing" where the fonts where
incorrectly scaled so that they appear far too small. (This worked
in an early beta version of jsMath v2, but apparently hasn't
worked properly in any production version.)
o Fixed a long-standing bug where horizontal lines are only
displayed in black, not in the color specified by \color (or by a
style from the surrounding text).
o Fixed a similar bug with \rule so that it now produces a box with
the color of the surrounding text.
o Dimensions can now be enclosed in braces (for example, \rule can
be \rule{10pt}{5pt}{3pt} as well as \rule 10pt 5pt 3pt).
o Fixed a bug where extra space was inserted in some equations for
browsers that don't allow absolute positioning within an in-line
element (e.g., Opera).
Revision
3619 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 14 23:44:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Hide the "important message" text unless there is actually a message in site_info.txt
Revision
3618 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 18:00:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
In hardcopy, a TeX file download has to have the extension .tex, not .pdf
Revision
3617 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 17:08:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change back to $mail{smtpServer} = 'mail.yourschool.edu';
Revision
3616 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 16:24:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with recognizing MINF in NUM_CMP.
Revision
3615 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 14:07:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The ORIGINAL_NUM_CMP was calling str_cmp as a code reference rather
than as the more modern AnswerEvaluator object. This causes error
messages when string answers were used. It now uses the evaluate()
method of the AnswerEvaluator.
Revision
3614 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 01:24:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add clarification to error message for surePathToFile
Revision
3613 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 12 23:28:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error where scalar() was used on a hash ref.
Fixed a misfeature where operations on formulas could return Value
objects of other classes; they should always return formulas, even
when the formula is constant.
Revision
3612 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 12 20:26:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid undefined value of $name.
Revision
3611 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 10 18:21:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Restored changes that were accidentally clobbered
when the gateway changes were checked in.
Email now uses post processing to email students.
Revision
3610 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 9 20:52:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some documentation comments.
Revision
3609 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 9 20:51:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in which, if the Hardcopy call was the first one to
need to create the directory at (e.g.) /ww/htdocs/tmp/myCourse
then the creation of myCourse would fail. If /ww/htdocs/tmp/myCourse/gif already
existed things would go fine.
I think that more has to be done here. We need to look at how myCourse is
created when storing a gif or html is the first action and handle these
all the same. One of the difficulties is that the tmp directory might
be located anywhere -- it is not guaranteed to be under /ww/webwork/webwork2/htdocs
-- at least as we have defined it at the moment.
Revision
3608 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 8 17:52:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Display the information in site_info.txt on the webwork2 homepage as
well
as on login pages.
Revision
3607 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 8 02:54:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Sam changed open(LOG,...) to open(my $log, ...), but didn't change the
usages of LOG to $log, so the show answers page was always reporting
no past answers available. Now the values are being shown. (I'm not
sure why it is necessary to make a local variable for LOG, but
at least it works now.)
Revision
3606 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 20:57:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
string2hash will now handle strings with newlines, fixing GDBM.
Revision
3605 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 18:02:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable newlines every 76 characters in base64-encoded answers. this is
nice for examining database contents manually since it prevents newlines
from being introduced into database records.
Revision
3604 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:18:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Typographic clean up of global.conf.dist
Revision
3603 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:10:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for cplx_cmp() using the Parser. Move
lib/Parser/Legacy/PGcomplexmacros.pl to the pg/macros directory to use
it. As with the other legacy macros, $useOldAnswerMacros can be
controlled to determine whether the new or the old macros are used.
There is a new mode 'strict_cartesian' that is parallel to
'strict_polar'. You must enter a+bi form, but the a and b can have
operations within them.
Revision
3602 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:06:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added "strict" versions of the limited complex contexts that don't
allow operations within the real and imaginary parts. Also cleaned up
some of the code and fixed a few situations that had been missed
before.
Note that in strict mode, e^(pi i) is accepted, but e^(pi/2 i) is
not. Should that be changed? It would be possible to make a context
in which a*e^(b*pi/c i) is accepted.
Revision
3601 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 21:02:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Movified the copying of functions from Complex1:: into main:: to avoid
conflicts with the PGcommonFunctions.pl versions (these errors were
trapped, but still show up in the error log unnecessarily).
Also commented out some code that was not doing anything other than
producing error messages in the error log. (It was left over from a
syntax check on the professor's answer, but the actual check was
removed, leaving a portion that tries to process the answer, but
usually fails (because things like "1+4i" need to be converted to
"1+4*i" before they can be used in PG_answer_eval, but that was not
being done).
Because of this, it is not possible currently to do cplx_cmp("1+4i"),
and instead you must to cplx_cmp(new Complex(1,4)).
To fix this, you would need to call check_syntax (and the other
filters that are called on the student's answer) before calling
PG_answer_eval. Of course, you should only do this when the
professor's answer isn't already a Complex object.
I am going to work on a Legacy module like the ones for num_cmp and
fun_cmp to replace cplx_cmp, which should avoid these problems and
make the changes suggested above unnecessary.
Revision
3600 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 18:55:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
transparent (lower case t) is not valid with dvipng 1.2. I changed the note
and went back to Transparent in the default.
Revision
3599 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 14:18:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
uh, hasPermissions() is a method, so it actually gets 3 arguments. print
the arguments received as part of the error message. TESTED THIS TIME!
Revision
3598 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 14:17:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
call hasPermissions() with two arguments (it doesn't use the eUserID
anyway.
Revision
3597 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 5 23:43:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for security aspect of bug #715 -- reject calls with @_ != 2.
Revision
3596 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 2 22:29:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in atan2 where second argument was not promoted to a Real.
Revision
3595 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 2 00:06:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in use of advanced display panel which prevented it from displaying
problems. Default values like "All Textbooks" needed to be cleared so it
wouldn't be mistaken for actual textbook names.
Revision
3594 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 1 01:10:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implemented Mike's suggestion of combining a directory upward only
when the directory contains one pg file and the name of the file is
the same as the name of the directory containing it. I have removed
the condition that there need to be other (non-pg) files in the
directory, as the check takes time, and is no longer necessary.
Revision
3593 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 16:36:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change arguments passed to dvipng
Revision
3592 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 13:11:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed error message when answer log does not exist
Revision
3591 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 12:21:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The perl method for UOP and BOP now put spaces around the operator, to
prevent Perl from thinking that things like -e is a file test and
*Parser::Function->call is a name reference. (Some of these had been
done by hand earlier, but now the base BOP and UOP classes handle it,
so we should not have problems in the future). I removed the ad hoc
fixes from several other locations (Parser/Function.pm,
Parser/Context/Default.pm).
Also extended the operator definitions to allow operators to create
function-call syntax in perl mode (for when the operator doesn't
correspond to a perl operator).
Revision
3590 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 05:49:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixes bug in add where blank values were being turned into 0 by mysql for columns of type integer. The analogous change was previously made to put. This bug showed up when renumbering problems in ProblemSetDetail (e.g., renumbering) when a set was already assigned to users.
Revision
3589 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 00:44:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added the ability to put class-specific answer-checker defaults into
the Context object. For example,
Context("Vector")->{cmpDefaults}{Vector}{promotePoints} = 1;
would make all Vector answer checkers include promotePoints=>1
automatically. (Note however that if a subclass of Vector is used, it
will not get this defaults, since its class name would be different.
Perhaps something more sophisticated will be needed in the future.)
Revision
3588 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 00:41:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a parserCustomization.pl file that is loaded whenever the
Parser.pl file is. This can be used on a course-by-course basis to
customize features of the Parser. Some examples are listed in the
file.
You need to be VERY careful when doing this, as this will affect ALL
problems that use the Parser. Your changes may cause some .pg files
to fail if they rely on the default behavior that you are changing.
If you wish to override settings in one of the predefined contexts
(like "Vector"), then define $context{Vector} as a copy of
$Parser::Context::Default::context{Vector}, as in the commented out
examples. Then Context("Vector") will use your copy rather than the
original. If you were to change the version in
Parser::Context::Default, that would change the parser for ALL
courses, not just yours.
Revision
3587 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 00:36:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a Point context that is a copy of the Vector context. This will
allow users to override some settings in Vector context (namely, how
they are entered and displayed) without preventing users from being
able to enter points (in Point context).
Revision
3586 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 29 22:58:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unused variable.
Fixed an incorrect error message.
Revision
3585 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 29 22:56:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected a mistake in a debugging message.
Revision
3584 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 28 23:09:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where a set named "0" would not be sticky in the Target Set
list (because it looked kind of like an empty/undefined name).
Revision
3583 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 28 20:54:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow use of an activity log which logs every click, stored on a
per-course basis. It is turned off by default. It can be turned
on/off for individual courses. The three pieces here:
global.conf.dist: adds a place to define the log file. Here an
empty value signals to not do this logging.
ContentGenerator.pm: check to see if the log file is defined (and
(non-trivial), and if so, write a log entry. We check if it is
defined at this point to both save some time, and because if we
get to writeCourseLog and the log isn't defined, we get a pink
screen.
The bulk of the text of the log entry is performed by a new method
prepare_activity_entry. By default, this gives the url, and a list
of all the cgi parameters (except for key and passwd). This method
can be overridden by individual modules. The default format may
change. It may take some fine tuning to see what is best.
Also, this is one of the first functions called by go. We may want
it to go after the action has taken place if we want instructor
modules to be able to report results of their work through this log.
SetMaker.pm: gives an example of overriding prepare_activity_entry.
SetMaker has lots (and lots and lots) of data stored in cgi
parameters. We probably don't want to log that. We might want to
log a little more in SetMaker than we do here (target set), but
this gives a start.
Revision
3582 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 27 21:34:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
comment out hack for peekaboo bug
Revision
3581 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 18:03:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced $externalPrograms{netpbm} with lexical $netpbm_prefix. this
will prevent netpbm from going into the cource environment (where is it
not needed) and makes it clear that it is a prefix and not the path to a
program.
Revision
3580 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 17:30:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When dealing with showOldAnswers defaults, allow control of who get get the system default after the due date instead of hard-wiring it. Default value is that students don't initially get old answers after the due date, but professors do.
Revision
3579 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 16:52:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improved handling of symlinks in listFilesRecursiveHelper. symlinks to
files are now treated as files instead of directories.
Revision
3578 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 14:06:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug where perl functions which may need parentheses by forcing them
when the function starts Parser::Function->. This seems to work, but
there might be a better way to do it, or need other cleaning up.
Revision
3577 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 04:19:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When making on-the-fly image names, replace periods in the student login
name to avoid problems with pdflatex. Changed the replacement in set
names to use the same new trick (the old way had an infintesimal chance
of collision). The new scheme is first double all instances of "Q". Then
replace periods with "-Q-".
Revision
3576 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 20:01:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add some electrical units. Take two, hopefully in the correct branch
this time.
Revision
3574 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:32:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Updated instructions to match changes to global.conf.dist and the move
or PGanswermacros.pl.
Revision
3573 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:24:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
A separate copy of this file is no longer needed.
Revision
3572 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:21:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This makes the pg/lib/Parser/Legacy copy of PGanswermacros.pl the
official copy here. This still leaves the original answer evaluators as
the default, but simplifies the update process, and we don't have to
maintain two copies of the original functions.
Revision
3571 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:17:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Load Parser::Legacy.
This change is needed for the current version of extraAnswerEvaluators.pl
to work out of the box. By default, one will still get the original
(non-Parser) versions of num_cmp and fun_cmp, but turning on the
Parser-based versions will be much easier (just one line to change, or
override on a course by course basis).
There will be a companion change in the pg directories.
Revision
3570 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 17:02:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Intialize tth preamble variable to avoid undefined errors when running
in formattedText mode.
Revision
3569 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 03:40:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with Context's not properly initializing themselves with
the WW environment parameters (like zeroLevelTol and useBaseTenLog).
The copy method and the method that did an initialized copy used to be
separate routines, but that turned out to be unnecessary, so they have
now been merged (copy always tries to initialize the WW values when it
can, and when the copied context doesn't already have them).
The reason this is complicated is that a number contexts are set up
before the global.conf data is available, so these can't be
initialized with the WW values. Also, these default contexts are
stored in the persistant processes, and we don't want to leave
possibly course-specific values lying around in them, so whenever a
context is selected, it is copied from the standard version and the
WW parameters are inserted into it. The problem author can only
modify the copy, not the original, so this is OK with mod_perl.
The context's copy method now always tries to initialize (we used to
have to call initCoopy to get a copy that has the WW parameters
inserted). That turned out to cause trouble with code that handled
contexts without the usual Context() command.
Revision
3568 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 03:32:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed log and log10 perl methods so that log obeys the useBaseTenLog
flag, and log10 doesn't try to call main::log10, which is not
available from within this preloaded package. The in- and outside
the safe compartment stuff is very confusing, and functions that are
not overloaded native perl functions seem to be not callable from the
Value::Formula package, so the perl method now calls
Parser::Function->call() directly (doesn't look pretty, but I've given
up on that).
Revision
3567 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 00:58:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid undefined due_date when problem is viewed from the library
browser.
Revision
3566 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 00:35:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In order to overcome an MSIE bug that affects jsMath, the call is
changed from jsMath.ProcessBeforeShowing() to jsMath.wwProcess(),
which is added by the jsMath-ww.js file. (This routine uses an onload
handler for MSIE to put off the processing until MSIE can handle it
properly, but allows all others to do it at the usual time.)
Revision
3565 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 00:31:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to overcome yet another bug in MSIE. It turns out that MSIE
can completely botch up the display if jsMath.ProcessBeforeShowing()
is performed at the point in the web page that we have to put it, so
we call wwProcess instead, and if it is in MSIE, we add an onload
handler to call ProcessBeforeShowing. It's a hack, but it works.
Revision
3564 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 20:22:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make it so that by default, practice users don't see saved answers. That can be controlled in global.conf.dist. Also, default to not showing saved answers after the due date. In all cases, the Apply options button can adjust what you want.
Also fixed a bug with showOldAnswers related to '', 0, and undef being similar in perl.
Revision
3563 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 19:41:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug 753. The number of all users needs to be recomputed after action
handlers in case some users were imported or deleted.
Revision
3562 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 19:07:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed stringify to check for an answer that is zero by using the
zeroLevelTol value directly (rather than use the fuzzy equality check
for zero, which depends on the tolType in a bad way).
Revision
3561 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 16:58:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed minor glitch where the toggle for show saved answers might be set wrong for the first time a student looks at a problem.
Revision
3560 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 11:44:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made relative tolerances the default for when the tolType is not one
of 'relative' or 'absolute'.
Revision
3559 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 02:22:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Removed initialize function which did nothing. Moved the actual assignments/unassignments to pre_header_initialize so they could use the messaging system.
Revision
3558 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 01:52:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added safety toggle for unassignment on this page (like other places where
sets can be unassigned).
Revision
3557 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 01:35:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Hopefully fixed the logic of setting numerical tolerance defaults.
Revision
3556 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 23:59:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with display_matrix_mm so its behaviour matches its
documentation. This may break problems which relied on its previous
incorrect behavior.
Revision
3555 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 23:57:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use a default for the zeroLevelTol set in the current context.
Revision
3554 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 23:10:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Deleted commented out line (which had been used for debugging).
Revision
3553 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 22:56:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This adds wiring to the pg side for special bits of html to be included before/after the body of a problem. You also need to update global.conf (and probably want to update Tasks.pm).
A commented out example in global.conf.dist shows how to use this to produce boxed problems a la the Union College server. In this approach, the added parts are not used for problems rendered in the Library Browser or Problem Set Detail.
This addresses bug 817. This solution may not be suitable for inclusion of needed bits for modes such as asciimath or tth because the those bits of html are probably needed for display in the Library Browser. It is hard to distinguish bits which are always wanted, and those which are only wanted for use by Problem.
Revision
3552 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 22:53:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow snippets of html (or Tex) to be specified in global.conf to be inserted right before/after the body of a problem. A commented out example which produces boxed problem in HTML is given. In this approach, the added parts are not used for problems rendered in the Library Browser or Problem Set Detail.
This addresses bug 817. This solution may not be suitable for inclusion of needed bits for modes such as asciimath or tth because the those bits of html are probably needed for display in the Library Browser. It is hard to distinguish bits which are always wanted, and those which are only wanted for use by Problem.
To make use of this, you need to update your global.conf, and make the corresponding pg update.
Revision
3551 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 19:55:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Previously, the "Unassign selected sets from selected users" button did
not work. Now it works. To help avoid inadvertant unassignments, the button
was moved lower on the page and put in the "danger" background color. I
also made the assign and unassign buttons the same length for better
aesthetics.
Some things still to do in this module:
- maybe move unassign even lower
- maybe have a safety radio button to unassignments like on other
unassign pages
- move the action from body() to pre_header_initialize() so that
addgoodmessage/addbadmessage will work like on other pages
- get return values from the assignment/unassignment commands in
case something goes wrong. Right now, the system can explode and it
will still say "All assignments were made successfully".
- it could also report some information on assignments/unassignments
actually made vs. combinations which were skipped.
Revision
3550 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 19:22:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed function unassignSetsFromUsers.
Revision
3549 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 03:27:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed default directory shown to be the templates directory.
Changed GZIP and UNGZIP to 'Make Archive' and 'Unpack Archive'.
Revision
3548 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 02:40:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed "current set" to target set to match terminology at the top of the
page.
Revision
3547 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 01:26:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Part of change dealing with bug 813.
Possible things still to do here:
change names of variables to reflect that they contain commands and
not scripts
have a variable for the path to cat
remove the scripts themselves
Revision
3546 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 01:23:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Moves configuration of gif2png and friends to global.conf. Individual
paths, and/or arguments to the conversion statements can be adjusted.
To make use of this change, update global.conf and pg/macros/dangerousmacros.pl
This should close bug 813. At some time, the scripts should be removed
from the bin directory.
Revision
3545 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 23:54:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update help file to match some recent changes in checking of answers which
are intervals.
Revision
3544 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 21:46:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Removed bits which were accidentally included during last commit.
Revision
3543 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 18:12:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Should fix bug 696 by replacing consecutive whitespace with a single
space for answers in an individual ans_rule.
Revision
3542 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 16:02:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some indenting.
Revision
3541 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 12:03:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to 2.1a, which fixes a problem with the domain checking when
the server is running on a non-standard port number.
Revision
3540 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 05:21:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
level_curve_check now forces the use of the old style (not Parser::Legacy)
answer evaluators resolving bug 820.
Revision
3539 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 00:04:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to handle jsMath version 2.
Revision
3538 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 00:03:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for version 2 of jsMath. Since the image font fallback
method works well enough without having the TeX fonts installed, the
font warning message has been turned off by default. There is also a
new parameter that controls whether the image fonts are to be used, so
if you don't want to unpack the jsMath-fonts.tar.gz file (for space
considerations), you should set
$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{noImageFonts} = 1;
in global.conf.
Revision
3537 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 20 23:59:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated jsMath to v2.1 (which includes the new control panel and the
new image font fallback method). You will need to unpack the
jsMath-fonts.tar.gz file in the htdocs/jsMath directory to form the
htdocs/jsMath/fonts directory. The commands
cd htdocs/jsMath
tar vfzx jsMath-fonts.tar.gz
should do it.
Finally, you need to corrections to pg/macros/PG.pl and
global.conf.dist to complete the installation.
Revision
3536 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 20 23:07:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to handle the case where the professor's answer is in
expondential notation using a little e instead of a big one. (Perl
will convert .0000001 to 1E-07, for example, before it is passed to
num_cmp.)
Revision
3535 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 17 16:05:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-added timer for entire content generation process.
Revision
3534 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 16 18:57:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
enabled logging
Revision
3533 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 16 17:58:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make title look nicer for times when the set name has underscores in it.
Revision
3532 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 16 16:47:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disabled logging for small file test
Revision
3531 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 15 22:42:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed more undefined values
Revision
3530 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 15 22:38:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Remove the no longer valid message:
This may take a long time. Even if your browser times
out, all the files will be exported
Revision
3529 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 15 01:50:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed Context() call to direct reference to context, so as not to
leave the wrong content selected as the current one.
Revision
3528 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 16:52:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add the beginnings of a facility for archiving a course. This method uses mysqldump
and therefore will work only with a mysql database. Many things are still hardwired
In particular mysqldump is hardwired.
The database name is hardwired to "webwork"
Archiving consists of dumping the tables associated to the course to a file
$courseID/DATA/$courseID_mysql.database (this file can be used
to created a new database for the course. it will not overwrite existing
tables however.)
Then the entire course directory is tarred and gzipped and placed
in the courses directory with the naem $courseID.tar.gz
Currently nothing is deleted from the database and no directories are deleted.
So the implementation is fairly safe, but not yet very useful for course management.
There is not yet a facility for automatically importing the archived course.
Revision
3527 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 12:16:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Eliminate extra insetting of tables within the results area (e.g.,
tables produced by the matrix array answer checkers).
Revision
3526 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 11:43:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added mising ';' in viewOptions
Revision
3525 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 00:23:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added methods for testing containment of one set in another, and so
on. These include:
$A->contains($B) Test if $B is a subset of $A (or an
element of $A if $B$ is a real number).
$A->isSubsetOf($B) Test if $A is a subset of $B.
$A->isEmpty True if $A is the empty set.
$A->intersects($B) True if $A and $B have numbers in common.
$A->intersect($B) The set of numbers common to both $A and $B.
Be careful of the difference between "intersect" and "intersects".
One is a set the other a true/false value.
Revision
3524 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 00:18:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a copy method that produces a deep copy of the given object.
This probably should be used through the new() methods to ducplicate
the data used when creating an object, otherwise changes to the
sub-objects will cause changes to the outer one. For example, if an
interval is used to create a union and then the internal data for the
interval is changed by hand, the changes will also occur in the
union. That is, Value objects contain their data by REFERENCE. This
should probably be changed, but fortunately, no one should be
adjusting the internal structure of the objects by hand.
Revision
3523 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 22:38:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added canBeInUnion and isSetOfReals methods to the Parser package
(similar to the ones in the Value package), replacing the
canBeInterval flag and other ad hoc checks.
Removed ability to form interval like [a] now that we have sets.
Revision
3522 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 22:34:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Maintain parentheses correctly when converting to perl.
Revision
3521 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:47:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add style for comments originating from COMMENT() and rendered in the
Library browser.
Revision
3520 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:45:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Implimentation of COMMENT for comments to appear in the library browser.
Revision
3519 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:35:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Print contents of COMMENT() commands in the Library Browser.
Revision
3518 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:34:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow a list of numbers to be converted to a set.
Revision
3517 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:31:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Pass the canBeInUnion call on to the Formula's root node
Revision
3516 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 20:59:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added isSetOfReals and canBeInUnion methods to the Value objects, and
replaced the ad hoc tests for these conditions to call these
routines.
Cleaned up the make() methods for Intervals, Sets and Unions, and
improved the new() methods to handle more cases better.
Fixed Value::makeValue() to handle an array reference correctly.
I don't THINK any of this will break anything. :-)
Revision
3515 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 20:55:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make formulas that produce lists get default open and close parens,
and have them retained in Formula() results.
Revision
3514 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 19:10:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure the singletons are sorted before comparing them to the
intervals (and each other).
Revision
3513 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 18:51:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed treatment of options in setting the mode and optional parameters
related to reducing unions.
Revision
3512 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 18:19:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Can't use the length check when reducing unions, since it could
contain a single set that is not reduced, and we need to check that,
too.
Revision
3511 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:50:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed reduction warnings for individual sets, intervals and unions (in
making it work for lists, I broke it for the single items).
Revision
3510 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:32:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with redefine when used with classes that store their
data in a on-standard form (i.e., by overridding the create()
method). Now they can define uncreate() to get the original data back
for use with redefine().
Revision
3509 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:24:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed mad error message (change needed due to new message translation
facility).
Revision
3508 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:58:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added isReduced method to tell if a Union, Set or Interval is already
reduced. Fixed up sort to use CORE::sort, and added sort and reduce
to Intervals, which do nothing, but are there for consistency.
Revision
3507 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:57:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in testing is a union is reduced (didn't test if sets
within a union were reduced properly).
Revision
3506 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:47:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Moved a chunk of duplicated code to its own function, and tweaked the setting
of the context in a few cases.
Revision
3505 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:33:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added sort methods to Union and Set that return objects with their
data sorted.
Revision
3504 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 15:57:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the union and set reduction checks from cmp_equal to cmp_compare
so that the messages can be produced even in lists of unions.
Improved the message facilities for the list comparison so that
cmp_compare can make errors that refer to the number of the entry in
the student's answer (otherwise an extra "There was a problem with
your nth value" message needs to be prepended, which looks bad if it
can be avoided).
Use the "extra" answer checker to report syntax error messages in unordered
lists.
Revision
3503 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 15:44:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with call to $equation->Error (due to change in
error-handling that allows for translation of error messages).
Revision
3502 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 05:54:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
If a problem file sets $refreshCachedImages=1 inside the pg file, then
cached copies of on the fly graphics are ignored and the graphic is
regenerated.
Revision
3501 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 01:40:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added differentiation of (single-variable) functions created with
parserFunction.
Revision
3500 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 01:39:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in previous update.
Revision
3499 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 00:41:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added sets to the differentiation information (no derivatives allowed)
Revision
3498 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 00:35:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo in an error message.
Revision
3497 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 00:25:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability for Unions and Sets to simplify themselves
(automatically or on demand), and added flags to the Context and
answer checkers to control these features. The new Context flags
are
reduceUnions tells whether unions are automatically
reduced when they are created.
reduceUnionsForComparison tells whether unions are reduced
before comparing them for equality
or inequality (etc) if they aren't
reduced already.
reduceSets tells whether redundent elements are
removed from sets as they are created.
reduceSetsForComparison tells whether sets are reduced before
comparing them.
All of these default to true.
The Interval, Set, Union, and List answer checkers not have two new
flags for controlling these values:
studentsMustReduceUnions tells whether unions and sets will be
counted as incorrect when they are not
reduced to non-overlapping intervals
and at most one set with no repeated
entries.
showUnionReduceWarnings tells whether an error message will
be produced for non-reduced unions and
sets, or if they will be marked wrong
silently. (Not available in Lists.)
Both of these are true by default, since most professors probably want
their students to write intervals in reduced form. (Is this true?)
This corresponds the the current behavior of the interval checkers,
which require the student's answer to be the same set of intervals as
in the professor's, but with the addition of an error message when the
student answer is not reduced.
Revision
3496 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 23:33:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Print titles with underscores replaced by non-breaking spaces. It makes
the names of courses and problem sets look nicer for students. Also
removed a function which was already commented out, and not needed.
Revision
3495 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 23:21:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed use of undefined value for $position in TeX and String methods.
Revision
3494 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 23:02:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made the 'R' constant in Interval context show up as a bold R in TeX
mode.
Revision
3493 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 22:56:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Detect preview mode correctly for either WW1 or WW2.
Revision
3492 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 22:55:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjust spacing.
Revision
3491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 22:54:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Mark function as constant if it is.
Revision
3490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 18:55:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update interval notation information for students based on recent
improvements in the Parser.
Revision
3489 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 18:43:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Completed conversion of interval_cmp to use Parser objects. Also, minor
updates to number_list_cmp.
Revision
3488 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 17:40:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid problem with undefined value being passed to protectHTML.
Revision
3487 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 17:09:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed how Intervals implement the requireParenMatch flag for the
interval and union answer checker. (Use a Context flag rather than a
flag on the interval itself.) Moved the getFlag method from
Formula.pm to Value.pm so it can be used by any object class. New
feature where classes can add more context flags to set (and reset
after the answer checker runs).
Revision
3486 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 15:53:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
renamed weird $QuellSubroutineOutput to $DenySubroutineOutput. This will
better match $AllowSubroutineOutput.
Revision
3485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 02:47:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added HiRes timing data to WeBWorK::Debug, removed WeBWorK::Timing. all
existing calls to the WeBWorK::Timing methods now pass the same messages
to debug().
added an option to WeBWorK::Debug to allow only certain subroutines to
log debug messages, in addition to the existing option to bar certain
subroutines from doing so.
Revision
3484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 01:26:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed erroneous dollar sign.
Revision
3483 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 01:21:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added redefine() function to complement undefine() for various
Context() values. For example
Context()->operators->undefine('+');
makes '+' undefined, but
Context()->operators->redefine('+');
will put it back. You can specify a context from which to take the
redefinition, and a name in that context, as in
Context()->operators->redefine('U',from=>"Interval");
Context()->operators->redefine('u',from=>"Interval",using=>"U");
Context()->operators->redefine('U',from=>$content);
where $content is a reference to a Context object.
The undefine() function lets you undefine several items at once, as in
Context()->operators->undefine('+','-');
For redefine, you must put multiple names in square brackets because
of the optional parmeters:
Context()->operators->redefine(['+','-']);
Revision
3482 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 01:15:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug with missing fields in initialization.
Revision
3481 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 22:11:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added implementation of options() which call optionsMacro(). the version
in Problem.pm takes care to preserve the editMode and sourceFilePath
parameters.
Revision
3480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 22:10:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improvements to view options.
removed default options() implementation and helper function
viewOptions(), and added more modular optionsMacro() method, which is
intended to be called from content generators which require an options
panel.
POD for optionsHelper():
=item optionsMacro(options_to_show => \@options_to_show, extra_params =>
\@extra_params)
Helper macro for displaying the View Options panel.
@options_to_show lists the options to show, from among this list
"displayMode", "showOldAnswers", "showHints", "showSolutions". If no
options are given, "displayMode" is assumed.
@extraParams is dereferenced and passed to the hidden_fields() method.
Use this to preserve state from the content generator calling
optionsMacro().
This macro is intended to be called from an implementation of the
options() method. The simplest way to to this is:
sub options { shift->optionsMacro }
=cut
Revision
3479 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 22:07:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved style information for viewOptions div from ContentGenerator.pm.
Revision
3478 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 21:40:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
revert to using mydisplayMode for the param name (whoops).
Revision
3477 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 20:57:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to subtract intervals, sets and unions. Adjusted the
precedence of the union 'U' to be above _ and + so that things like
(1,5) U (7,10) - {8} U (2,3) will do ((1,5) U (7,10)) - ({8} U (2,3))
rather than the previous (1,5) U ((7,10) - {8}) U (2,3). Finally,
added a constant 'R' to the Interval context that is equivalent to
(-inf,inf), so you can do things like R-{0} now.
Still need to work out reducing unions so that things like (1,3)U(2,4)
can become (1,4).
Revision
3476 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 20:32:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
hide options panel here too -- closes bug #802.
Revision
3475 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 20:27:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed view options panel, "try it" link preserves displayMode. closes
bug #802.
Revision
3474 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:37:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for new Set object, plus for moving string, TeX and
perl into Value.pm. Also removed unneeded spaces in perl versions of
the constants (these were to fix problems with the minus sign, but
that is now being handled by the minus operators themselves).
Revision
3473 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:34:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needt for Set object, and fixed a bug with unions containing
constant intervals with non-constant ones.
Revision
3472 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:33:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed to Set object. Also, use Parser to handle unions
defined as strings rather than doing it by hand (that's the whole
point, isn't it?). Added object promotion from lower-precedence
classes (for better error messages), and fixed up the comparison
routine.
Revision
3471 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:28:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for Set object, better handling of an interval given as
a string, and a few misc. fixes.
Revision
3470 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:25:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for new Set object, and moving of string, TeX and perl
methods to Value.pm
Revision
3469 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:23:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added changes needed for the new Set object.
Revision
3468 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:22:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added in the Set object class. Also made more comprehensive defaults
for string, TeX and perl output, so these don't have to be subclassed
so often. These handle looking up the open and close parens and
recursively handling the entries in a list-type object.
Revision
3467 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:20:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Properly maintain open and close parens in emtpy lists.
Revision
3466 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:19:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added new Set object class to the Parser. It implements a finite set
of real numbers, for use with unions and intervals. E.g., (1,2) U {3}
or (1,2) U {3,4,5}. You can created Set objects in your perl code via
the Set() command, e.g, Set(3,4,5) or Set("{1,2,3}"). You should set
the Context to Context("Interval") if you plan to use Set objects, as
this defined the braces to form sets (rather than using them as
parentheses, which is the default WW behavior). Note that in Interval
context, you can NOT use braces as parentheses.
Current, Set objects are only allowed to be sets of numbers. It would
be possible to extend that in the future.
Revision
3465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 00:38:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make upper-case alias a hidden one (since it is not needed for the
pattern).
Revision
3464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 00:37:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Dereference aliases to aliases properly.
Revision
3463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 23:05:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Default behavior of number_list_cmp set to be backward compatible
(no hints of any kind or partial credit). These features can now be
activated by optional arguments.
Also improvements on parser-based interval_cmp.
Revision
3462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 18:57:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Hopefully improved some of how the temporary context is set for number_list_cmp.
Many whitespace changes (spaces to tabs). Work in progress for a version of
interval_cmp which uses Parser, temporarily called interval_cmp2.
Revision
3461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 18:02:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make .def searching thread-safe (resolves bug #814).
changed @found_set_defs to be a lexical local to get_set_defs().
replaced get_set_defs_wanted() with a closure over @found_set_defs
defined in get_set_defs().
output is identical to the previous case, but no global(-ish) variables
are used.
Revision
3460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 15:07:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Interval (and Union) checker now accepts requireParenMatch flag for
deciding whether the interval type must match. Setting
requireParenMatch to 0 will let (1,2) match (1,2] or [1,2], etc.
Revision
3459 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 15:05:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic change.
Revision
3458 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 14:28:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Parser versions of num_cmp and fun_cmp incorrectly left the
current Context set to the base context used by the answer checker.
The Context is now correctly reset to the one in effect before the
call to num_cmp or fun_cmp.
Also removed some redundant values in if-then checks.
Revision
3457 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 14:22:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Enable commas when mode=>"frac" is specified.
Revision
3456 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 9 22:22:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
groundwork for preserving non-authentication state (which probably won't
get used)
Revision
3455 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 8 15:56:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed number_list_cmp to use Parser.
Revision
3454 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 23:30:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add special case for no problems, closing bug #811.
Revision
3453 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 22:45:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix bug #803: corrected typo that prevented course renaming from working.
Revision
3452 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 21:35:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes, disable experimental components by default.
Revision
3451 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 00:58:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Can't separate the form into two separate forms (as in the previous
update) otherwise the values of the checkboxes in the lower section
are lost when a button in the upper section is clicked. So we'll have
to assume that if a user selects a file, he really wants it to be
uploaded. (He can always use the BACK button on the browser to back
out of it if necessary.)
Revision
3450 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 3 22:25:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test
Revision
3449 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 3 22:19:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added problem count to basic library panel, and text chapters/sections
to advanced library panel.
Revision
3448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 22:03:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed indentation (see crabby reminder below).
The code I just fixed was using four spaces for one level of indentation
and a tab character for two levels of indentation. apparently, this is a
variation on the "use spaces for indentation" philosophy that also
replaces any run of eight spaces with a tab. this is NOT the way we've
been doing things in webwork, and consistency is important (I think).
===> the webwork indentation policy <===
We use the TAB character to indicate a level of indentation, and SPACE
characters to line things up in lists. I understand there is some debate
as to whether is it appropriate to use "hard" tabs in text files. We do
it because some of the WeBWorK developers prefer to view the code with
wider indentation (say, eight columns) and some prefer narrower
indentation (say, three or four columns). Thus, we use hard tabs for
initial indentation and let each developer chose a tab width using their
editor.
Here in an example of when to use tabs and spaces. ---> represents a tab
character.
my %errors = (
--->not_found => "The record was not found.",
--->invalid_id => "The record ID is invalid.",
--->undefined_or_unknown => "The record was undefined or unknown.",
);
sub bar {
--->my ($self, @recs) = @_;
--->foreach my $rec (@recs) {
--->--->my $Rec = $self->getRec($rec);
--->--->if ($Rec->error) {
--->--->--->warn $errors{$Rec->error};
--->--->} else {
--->--->--->foo($Rec->a, $Rec->b);
--->--->--->baz(
--->--->--->--->origin => $Rec->origin,
--->--->--->--->destination => $Rec->destination,
--->--->--->--->widgets_per_second => $Rec->widgets_per_second,
--->--->--->--->score => $Rec->score,
--->--->--->--->email_address => $Rec->email_address,
--->--->--->);
--->--->}
--->}
}
As you can see, indentation that is used to "line up" elements on
adjacent lines uses spaces, while indentation that is used to indicate
some structural heirarchy in the code uses tabs.
Revision
3447 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 19:23:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a hack to get around Netscape 7.1 bug with onChange event
handler not being called when an upload file has been selected.
Revision
3446 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 15:14:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug that would cause step() to produce an error when called on
a constant value. Also, added fact() function that was defined in
Algparser but not in Parser (which uses x! notation).
Revision
3445 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 14:20:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added missing "step" function that was defined in the AlgParser but
not in the Parser.
Be sure to copy the updated PGanswermacros.pl to the pg/macros directory.
Revision
3444 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 13:10:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make List("1,2,3") work like List("1","2","3") rather than produce a
list with one element that is a list.
Revision
3443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:42:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added postfilter to Parser-based implementation of NUM_CMP so that the
student's answer is updated to be the result of evaluating the answer
(when there is no error in evaluating the answer). This correctly
reflects the behaviour of the original NUM_CMP.
Revision
3442 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:37:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo that caused hilighting of the position of errors to be lost.
Revision
3441 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:04:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to make mode=>'frac' properly emulate the original num_cmp
behavior (it now allows decimals and fractions instead of requiring a
fraction). There is also a new LimitedNumeric-StrictFraction context
(not currently used) that disallows decimals and requires fractions.
Revision
3440 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:01:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Folded in Mike's changes for status messages.
Revision
3439 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 19:49:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update to match revision in database structure (chapter and section tables).
Revision
3438 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 18:13:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Sort course names without regard to case.
Revision
3437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 17:27:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating the user interface. The checkbox to include webwork administrators in s
a course is now on by default.
The default templates course to copy when creating a new course can now be set in global.conf.
This is the course that automatically comes up by default in the pop-up menu.
Revision
3436 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 17:24:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make "modelCourse" the default course to use as a model when creating a new course.
The contents of the templates directory of modelCourse is copied into the templates
directory of the new course.
Revision
3435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 15:33:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed unordered list to ordered list.
Revision
3434 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 15:26:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
User interface changes added. All courses are sorted without regard to case.
The main page now lists all available courses and their database type -- finding the
database type slows things down a bit, so this might not be a desirable feature when
there are many courses.
It also discovers missing course.conf files. If the course.conf file is missing then it's more
likely that the database type is not accurate.
Revision
3433 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 30 17:26:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added useful links to the macro list and the pod_docs
in addition to the incomplete manpages.
These are still temporary measures for improving the documentation
for those writing problems.
Revision
3432 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 30 01:49:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
I've changed errorOutput($error,$details) to accept a reference to a string
or to an array for $details. These are automatically converted to the proper form.
References should be used when the $details points to a large number of bytes, such
as the contents of a file.
This version is not faster than the original method where $details was always a
string, sometimes a very long string. It does seem to save memory however.
Further savings in memory could be obtained by print directly, but there are a few instances
which call errorOutput and then do further formatting before printing.
At the moment it doesn't seem to be worth it to make the change from return to print.
Revision
3431 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 30 00:13:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix glitch in keeping menus in sync in advanced search panel, and deal
better with undefined parameters.
Revision
3430 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 21:43:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Backing out of the changes just made for a moment. I've discovered that making this switch:
CGI::p(CGI::code($details)),
to
CGI::code(CGI::p($details)),
speeds things up immensly. (From 165 seconds down to 12 seconds on the example I'm doing.)
Even without any other changes. Since the other changes complicate things a bit, I'll put
off adding the ability to have $details be a reference.
It's possible that allowing $details to be passed as a reference is a good idea anyway,
on general principles. I want first to see if it makes a difference in terms of memory
consumption.
Revision
3429 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 21:27:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
When print error output errorOutput($error, $details)
allow $details to be a reference to a string or a reference
to an array. This may not make much difference when the details
are short, but it can make a very large difference if the details
are long.
Revision
3428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 21:25:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that the timers flush after every print . :-)
Revision
3427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 20:45:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More improvements on library - advanced panel. Still a work in progress.
Revision
3426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 19:44:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Fix use of $SIG{__WARN__} and $SIG{__DIE__}.
* Each change to $SIG{__WARN__} and $SIG{__DIE__} is now dynamically
scoped with "local", rather than changing globally and then restoring at
the end of the block.
* The special value "DEFAULT" is used instead of sub {CORE::die(@_)} or
sub {CORE::warn(@_)} when preparing to eval STRING code.
* Where $SIG{__WARN__} and $SIG{__DIE__} are overridden to do
preprocessing with PG_errorMessage, the previously installed handlers
will be called instead of the built-in warn or die functions after
preprocessing occurs. (For example, the warn and die handlers defined in
Apache::WeBWorK or the warn handler defined in WeBWorK::PG will be
called.)
* The behavior in process_answers is modified so that the custom
handlers are installed once before the answer evaluation loop. This
causes them to be in effect during the setup/teardown code, but I don't
think this will be a problem.
Revision
3425 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 21:25:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed minor glitch from problems not associated to any textbook.
Revision
3424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 21:12:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added advanced search panel for database library. Still more features
to come.
Revision
3423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:49:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding final problems for modelCourse
Revision
3422 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:46:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adding setDemo files to modelCourse
Revision
3421 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:45:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adding more files to make modelCourse conform with hosted.webwork version
Revision
3420 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:42:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updating modelCourse to conform to hosted.webwork
Revision
3419 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:39:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating modelCourse to conform to the version currently on hosted.webwork
Revision
3418 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:11:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correcting version of modelCourse to bring it in line with the model course currently on
hosted.webwork
Revision
3417 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 17:22:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding template contents to modelCourse
Revision
3416 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 15:24:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a missing start_form and hidden authentication. These had been
dropped in a recent revision.
This closes bug #806
Revision
3415 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 18:48:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug for problem library version 2 - now it can select problems from
all sections, or all chapters and all sections, etc.
Revision
3414 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 17:04:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed column label of Id to Login Name to be consistent with other pages.
Also aligned the headers to top, which looks nicer if needed for a narrow
browser window.
Revision
3413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:43:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More changes for problem library version 2: changed interface for getting
lists of problems so variable amounts of data can be passed. Also removed
an unneeded button.
Revision
3412 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:42:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More changes for problem library version 2.
Revision
3411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:31:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changes for problem library version 2 to support recent change to setmaker.
Revision
3410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:30:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Mainly improvements for problem library version 2. Also removed comments
and added "Edit it" link back in for library problems. These were not the
only read-only problems in a course, and being able to Edit it, and then
save as is pretty useful.
Revision
3409 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 22:28:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Initial support for version 2 of the problem library.
Revision
3408 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 22:28:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update to support version 2 of the ProblemLibrary.
Revision
3407 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 21:15:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Preparing for upgrading webwork part of problem library code. Adding a
variable for version so we can maintain backward compatibility.
Revision
3406 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 20:49:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update Scoring.pm to deal with versioned (gateway) sets. For sets with
assignment_type of 'gateway' or 'proctored_gateway' we report the user's
score to be the score s/he attained on her or his most successful
version of the set.
Revision
3405 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 17:39:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
The two middle parts of the top area really go together, so the line between
them is now less emphatic.
Revision
3404 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 17:35:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Lots of indentation fixup, and started adding code for new and improved
problem library. Still compatible with current "Problem Library".
Revision
3403 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 16:35:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
first steps towards an SQL-specific version of DB.pm. I'm not quite sure
how I'm going to proceed on this. We tried too much abstraction, but I
don't want to end up with not enough abstraction, either.
Revision
3402 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 25 17:29:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add browsing by set definition files. It will do a full search for these
files, and do some work to find the actual pg files. Also, a minor fix
in the lists of sets in the current course (the "Select ..." line was being
added twice in some cases), some indentation fixing in the souce, and
renamed a variable. Long ago, SetMaker used set definition files, and
then that was replaced with database lookup but a variable still had
setdef in its name. Now that it uses both, this needing fixing.
Revision
3401 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 23 21:13:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding experimental modules which support Preflight
Revision
3400 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:59:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made listVariables and listFormVariables synonyms for listing all variables available to
the problem.
Revision
3399 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:54:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Say something useful if there is an error when creating a new set. Also
fixed some indentation.
Revision
3398 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:48:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Redo change allowing . in set names.
Revision
3397 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:34:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Rearrange top panels (change really from Bill Z.) plus some tiny cosmetic
changes.
Revision
3396 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 21:20:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Made comparison safer when turning blank fields undefined (some are already
undefined).
Revision
3395 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 23:56:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug #781 and #783. Mostly involves editing the message
given instructors on the Grades.pm page.
Revision
3394 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 22:35:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add a check box that determines whether the csv entries are padded
with spaces. Padding with spaces makes the text easier to read
but it interfers with some spread sheets which expect the csv entries
to contain no extraneous spaces.
We are still not using the CPAN standard CVS input/output mechanisms.
The code is in this module but it is not being used.
-- Mike
Revision
3393 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:30:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a modification of the grades that shows where the
state_summary_msg can be added. This message is
printed at the bottom of each problem page. The current default
is a blank message, which means that the default message
defined in Problem.pm is printed.
There is currently no way to turn the message off entirely. Perhaps
on the next revision.
Revision
3392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:28:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error that kept the script from working on courses whose
names contained an underscore.
Added ` ` around course names to handle courses whose names
have hyphens in them (and other weird characters)
Added print comments so that you see a running commentary of what
is being changed. Once this script is debugged we might want
to turn these off.
Revision
3391 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:14:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to the reports of a problem status. This closes bug #631. It
also reports blank errors differently from incorrect answers to support
sequential problem graders. Finally it adds a "state_summary_msg" field
to the problem state which can be used to completely replace the
report on the current problem state usually printed at the bottom of a
problem page.
Revision
3390 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:12:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a ResultsAlert style ot ResultsWithError and ResultsWithoutError.
I am using it to color yellow a message alerting a student to the
existence of unanswered questions within a problem.
Revision
3389 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 19 17:22:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed default paths from /usr/local to /usr as per old email:
On Aug 24, 2004, at 11:23 AM, Arnold Pizer wrote:
> In the tarball for WW 1.9 I reset all paths to /usr/bin/ (rather than
> /usr/local/bin which FreeBSD or at least Hoss uses). That way things
> work out of the box for most linux systems (all that I have played
> with). I think it would be a good thing to do with future releases on
> WW 2.
Sounds good to me.
-sam
Revision
3388 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 18 23:10:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add command-line utility to update sql and sql_single databases to include
gateway fields. Use: wwdb_addgw [-h] [sql|sql_single]
Adds fields to the set and set_user tables in the WeBWorK mysql databases
that are required for the gateway module. The script prompts for which
courses to modify. Adding gateway database fields to existing courses
should have no effect on those courses, even if they are running under a
non-gateway aware version of the WeBWorK system. (I haven't rigorously
tested this.)
If -h is supplied, the script hides the mysql password when it prompts for
it (this assumes that a Unix based stty -echo works). If sql or sql_single
are supplied, they become the default database format.
Note that this has been tested, but not rigorously. Please let me know
if you find that it does not perform as advertised. It might be wise to
back up the database tables before using, and to check that it does what
we expect (that is, adds columns to the set and set_user tables) after
running it.
Revision
3387 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 22:31:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation for macros used in constructing
sequential problems.
Revision
3386 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 22:01:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Macros that aid the construction sequentialProblems. For these
problems certain sections of text are hidden until earlier
answers have been answered correctly.
-- Mike
Revision
3385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 21:59:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for sequentialProblems.
Revision
3384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 19:24:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo related to useBaseTenLog.
Revision
3383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 15 02:57:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Revision
3382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 20:37:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
In the login log, this will get the host's name if apache has been
configured to do that, otherwise it should get the ip number, and if
that somehow fails, we note it in the login log instead of to the user.
Revision
3381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 20:20:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When putting entries into the mysql database, put in "" as NULL. The
counterpart when retreiving values (that NULL is converted to "") is
already part of gets.
Revision
3380 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 18:17:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
If HostnameLookups is off in Apache's httpd.conf, then remote_host returns
an undefined value. Better than this fix would be to use get_remote_host,
but I couldn't get that to work on my system.
Revision
3379 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 16:23:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct commit of file with unresolved conflicts.
Revision
3378 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 14:30:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add gateway template to templates hash.
Revision
3377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 13:15:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary commit of changes to add Gateway module.
This adds to WeBWorK
- the ability to create versioned, timed problem sets ("gateway tests")
for which all problems are displayed on a single page ("versioned"
means that students can get multiple versions of the problem set),
- the ability to create sets that draw problems from groups of
problems, and
- the ability to create sets that require a proctor login to start
and grade.
Sets can be defined as gateway tests or proctored gateway tests from
the ProblemSetDetail page.
Not quite bug-free yet. Known bugs include handling of problem values
on the Student Progress page (I think this may be a problem with
changing from sql database format where all entries were 'text' to
sql_single in ver 2.1, where they are integer), and a division by zero
error on the grades page (which may be the same problem).
Tests with a number of attempts per version greater than one haven't
been carefully tested, nor has scoring of gateway tests.
Revision
3376 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 18:03:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Test commit prior to initial full commit of files for addition of the
Gateway testing module. (CVS reports that Authz.pm has changed, but
unix diff shows no changes, so this is testing if CVS will actually
register a change to the file.)
Revision
3375 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 03:03:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements an easy way to add functions that are defined
within the Parser's Context. See the comments in the file itself for
documentation on how to use it.
Revision
3374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:46:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Wrong correction in the previous commit. Use CODE::push
Revision
3373 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:23:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made modifications that allow use of complex numbers in matrices. You can
also LR decompose a non-square matrix. Documentation is still needed
and further testing.
Revision
3372 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:22:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made modifications that allow the use of complex numbers in matrices
Revision
3371 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 22:39:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make error messages potentially localizable (by making them use
sprintf-style strings rather than variable subtitution).
Revision
3370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 22:29:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A first pass at making parser error messages localizable. The
Context()->{error}{msg} hash can be used to specify translations of
the standard messages. For example,
Context()->{error}{msg}{'Division by zero'} = "Don't divide by zero, dude!";
Context()->{error}{msg}{'Function '%s' has too many inputs'} =
"You passed too many arguments to '%s'";
(I didn't translate into another language, here, but you could do
that, too.)
The msg hash could also be used within answer checkers to make certain
answer messages more appropriate for the given type of expected answer.
Revision
3369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 21:05:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed various perl compiler warnings (due to extra "my", and so on).
Revision
3368 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 02:06:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Revision
3367 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 02:02:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with minus signs in formulas that are turned into perl
mode. Perl needs extra spaces to avoid problems with -e type operators.
Revision
3366 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 00:52:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added login logging and site_checkPassword support. closes bug #729. see
that bug for more information.
Revision
3365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 00:52:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added login log.
Revision
3364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 8 21:45:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in installation instructions.
Revision
3363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 7 02:40:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some pod documentation to this file. It needs more -- several methods
of MatrixReal1 have been overridden
Revision
3362 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 6 15:38:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make tth use unicode for the preview (as it does for the calls within
the body of the problem). Also, do the preview in display mode, but
fix the tables so that they won't have unwanted borders (really need
to fix the ur.css to get this right) and remove the unneeded initial
<BR> that tth produces.
Revision
3360 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 22:13:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some pod documentation
Revision
3359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 21:58:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
chech tthPreamble path and mtime to deal with changes to the file
between runs. this is necessary now that dangerousMacros.pl is cached.
Closes bug #798.
Revision
3358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 20:49:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A couple of other problem set -> homework set changes.
Revision
3357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 18:56:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
renamed "problem set" to "homework set" in page content.
closes bug #797.
Revision
3356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 18:20:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for the tthPreamble.tex file. The effect of this code is
the same as the corresponding code in dangerousMacros.pl:tth(), but the
technique is slightly different.
This is a hack. Eventually, we'd like to have a common out-of-sandbox
method of calling TTH.
Closes bug #799.
Revision
3355 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 18:16:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed tiny indentation problem
Revision
3354 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 17:54:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect method call to SaveHiidenFlags (should have been
HiddenFlags).
Revision
3353 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 01:43:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't load Parser.pl (it causes trouble with the Matrix.pm module).
We only needed it because of the calls to Real() that were being used
by Formula objects, so have them call Value::Real directly.
be sure to get the latest versions of Parser and Value (including the
top-level Parser.pm and Value.pm) in order to use this update.
Revision
3352 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 01:38:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the perl() method to make calles to Value:: directly rather
than to the main:: stubs for creating Value objects. This will make
it work better from within packages or when Parser.pl hasn't been
loaded.
A few things still won't work in this case; e.g., calls to Closed()
for intervals (these could be handled better using ->with()) and to
functions like Factorial and log10 that are defined in Parser.pl.
Finally, there should be better object-based control over what
routines are called to create these objects, so that subclasses of the
Value objects will be able to be generated correctly.
Revision
3351 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 00:31:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modified formatting
Revision
3350 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 00:08:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Main file that calls in the legacy modules.
Revision
3349 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 22:11:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add comment
Revision
3348 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 20:18:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Folded in Mike's changes to checkbox_cmp.
Revision
3347 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 20:12:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This is an attempt at making the traditional answer checkers call the
new Parser in place of their original ones. That is, if you follow
the instructions in the README file, then problems that use
std_num_cmp(), fun_cmp(), etc. will really be using the new Parser
instead of the original PGanswermacros.pl versions.
The old answer checkers are still available, and can be switched back
on a site-wide, course-wide, or problem-by-problem basis. See the
README for details.
Revision
3346 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 19:52:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Rewrote checkbox_cmp as an AnswerEvaluator
Revision
3345 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 19:49:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Reworked some of the code for AnswerEvaluator
The messages printed out when using the debug flag should now
be somewhat better.
-- Mike
Revision
3344 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 19:39:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with sorting (problem with $a, $b, I think).
Revision
3343 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 16:21:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle TeX versions of variables whose names include underscores
better.
Revision
3342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:53:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better messages when adaptive parameters are too big.
Revision
3341 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:43:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implement "remove trailing zeros" format, like in prfmt(). I still
think '%g' works better in most cases ('%f#' will print larger values
without using scientific notation, which is nice, but will print small
numbers like .000000005 as 0, even though the fuzzy comparison of this
to zero will not be true.)
Revision
3340 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:22:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Commenting out unused code. This file still needs a lot of work.
Revision
3339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:22:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't use the overloaded Real class for doing adaptive parameter
checks (use non-fuzzy checks, since we are checking the fuzziness by hand).
Revision
3338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:21:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Restored str_filters -- removing it broke some of the other answer evaluators.
str_filters takes a string, filters it and then returns the filtered string.
The actual filters have been changed to work with answer hashes rather than with
strings, so str_filters warps the string in an answer hash before sending it through
the filters.
sorry for the breakage.
-- Mike
Revision
3337 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 13:18:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better spacing of jsMath output in the answer preview area.
Revision
3336 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 13:15:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Change so as not to use raw HTML in the error messages.
Revision
3335 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 03:28:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Parser::Number::NoDecimals() to accept a context to be modified
(rather than always changing the curent context).
Revision
3334 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 3 20:10:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to allow string matches to be case-insensitive. This is now
the default, and can be overridden in the Context by setting the
string's "caseSensitive" attribute. e.g.:
Context()->strings->add("FooBar"=>{caseSensitive=>1});
would rewuire "FooBar" to be entered exactly as typed.
Revision
3333 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 3 20:06:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted some spacing
Revision
3332 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 3 20:05:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in the enable/disable routines that would cause them to
always work on the current context rather than the one whose
enable/disable method was being called.
Revision
3331 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 2 17:04:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error in creating the tarred archives (I had messed it up
when adding the report of how many files were archived).
Revision
3330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 2 16:52:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Major updates to the file manager to allow it to:
1. Show dates and sizes of files (optionally, since some browsers
don't handle the CSS to change to a monospaced font).
2. Provide better control over renaming of uploaded files whose
names already exist (there is a checkbox for overwriting them
automatically; if unchecked, the user is prompted for a new name).
3. Allow the creation or gzipped tar archives from files in the
course directory. Multiple files and directories can be selected
to be included in the archive. If only one file is selected, the
archive will have it's name with ".tgz" appended; if mulitple
files are selected, the archive will get a unique name starting
with the course ID.
4. Provide a checkbox that controls whether uploaded .tgz archives
are unpacked automatically, and a second that controls whether the
unpacked archive file is deleted afterward. Files from the
archive will be unpacked into the current directory, and will
overwrite existing files silently.
5. Follow symbolic links that are to files or directories within the
course hierarchy. In addition, there is a new variable in
global.conf that provides a list of "valid links"; these are
directories to which the FileManager is allowed to follow symbolic
links. The system administator can add directories to this list
in order to allow professors to access limited areas outside their
course directory (but they still need to have a symblic link
within their course to those areas in order to view them).
I think this covers all the current FileManager requests, and this
closes bug#791.
Revision
3329 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 1 23:52:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the task of sending the emails to the students to a post_processing portion of the
request handling.
When you email a class, an HTML message is returned informing you that the messages will
be sent. Once the process is completed an email notification is sent to the user (instructor)
sending the email.
This has been lightly tested.
Revision
3328 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 1 15:52:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added commment
Revision
3326 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 1 12:14:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in which the constant 'function' BASE64_ENCODED was not being
evaluated inside the matching and substitution statements. Replaced
the constant by using the construction
our $BASE64_ENCODED = 'base64_encoded:';
instead. The variable is properly interpolated inside the matching
and substitution statements.
Revision
3325 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 17:10:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments.
Revision
3324 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 16:19:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in radio_cmp closing bug #258. We now check to make
sure that only a single string is being passed and not an array.
(The latter occurs if checkboxes are used instead of radio buttons.)
The presence of two checked checkboxes triggers a warning.
Revision
3323 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 02:48:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
MASSIVE changes to str_cmp and related subroutines (mostly in STR_CMP).
This answer evaluator now produces an AnswerEvaluator type rather than
a subroutine.
Revision
3322 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 02:47:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected how preview_latex_strings are handled when two
AnswerHashes are ANDed or ORed.
Revision
3321 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 02:46:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with showing answers when printing hardcopy
(no idea why this wasn't reported earlier). The CGI::checkboxes
use "on" and nothing to denote whether a checkbox is checked.
We expect 1 or 0 (or undef).
Revision
3320 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 19:38:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Format changes.
Revision
3319 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 19:36:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Many changes to this file. I've fixed multi_cmp which
will check a comma separated string of answers.
I have commented out many other routines which do not appear
to be in use.
Revision
3318 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 00:16:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set closed message differentiates between sets that have not yet opened
and sets that used to be open. resolves bug #724.
Revision
3317 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 00:14:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed comment about port number to describe new >= 8000 numbering scheme
Revision
3316 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 27 00:06:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed warning message about "users" . We closed the bug defining
multiple users awhile ago so we don't need this anymore. It's
causing trouble
with UserList.pm which now has fields
visible_users and prev_visible_users.
Revision
3315 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 25 16:21:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an incorrect error message when using the revert button.
Revision
3314 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 24 20:11:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed conceptual error in compare_vec_solution. This should fix bug
#670. In my opinion the entire concept of vec_solution_cmp should be
reconsidered. In solving an underdetermined linear equation of the form
Ax-b=0 it seems to me that the solutions answer in the form:
x= a +bt+cu+ds where a,b,c,d are vectors should simply be evaluated
to see if it satisfies Ax-b=0 for 5 or six values of a,b,c,d --
checking the solution should use a
vector valued version of fun_cmp.
As it is, the student's coefficients for a,b,c,d are compared with the
instructors to see if they span the same space. This is quite a bit more
complicated -- and indeed the method came up with the wrong answer.
I believe I have the method corrected, but I would suggest that this
answer evaluator be replaced with one which operates more
directly and is therefore easier to maintain. Am I missing something in
this analysis? Has someone else created answer evaluators for this type
of problem?
-- Mike
Revision
3312 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 23 17:53:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
When sorting by clicking a label, concatonate visable user id's into a
string so that more my be sent without exceeding MSIE limit on URL's
Arnie
Revision
3311 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 23 02:33:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The TIMEOUT constant which is now defined in WeBWorK::Cosntants and is
(and was) used in WeBWorK::PG::Local gives the time in seconds
that is allowed for rendering one PG problem. The old value was 5 minutes
which was probably way too long. The default in WeBWorK::Constants has been
set to 60 seconds. If no value is set then 10 seconds is used.
-- Mike
Revision
3310 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 16:13:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Tweaked documentation
Revision
3309 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:54:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Additional changes to the writeLogs functions. Now surePathToFile
is used to make sure that the logs are created if they are not
already there.
Revision
3308 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:21:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Resetting Timing::Logfile to empty.
I have left the default value for dvipngArgs so that it works with
dvipng versions greater than 1.0
Revision
3307 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:18:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use the Timing::HiRes module to calculate timing data for each
request. This gives more accurate timing data (using the unix
time gives only to the nearest second). I am printing the elapsed
time to 3 decimal places, it could be to 6 if that is desirable.
This will help us evaluate whether changes are increasing or decreasing
the speed with which requests are serviced.
Revision
3306 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:13:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation to writeTimingLogEntry
Revision
3305 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 19:56:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New context which allows students to use C(n,r) and P(n,r) in their
answers. To support this, the webwork versions of these functions
have been moved from PGaux... to PGcommon...
Revision
3304 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 19:43:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put in hacks to get around: Maximum URL Length Is 2,083 Characters in Internet
Explorer. When sorting by clicking labels we use the GET method and send the
user_id's of the visable users so that we only sort visable users but for over
about 110 students this is above MSIE's limit. If the total URL is under the
limit we will pass visable users. If it is over, we will not pass any and all
users will be displayed. The is almost enought to amke me use FireFox.
Maybe we should replace the GET method by POST but that requires a greater change.
Arnie
Revision
3303 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 14:48:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
When exporting classlist to a file, tell the user the name and location of the
resulting file (e.g. templates/math1.lst) so they can find it in the File Mannager
Arnie
Revision
3302 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 02:13:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
The classlist data can now be sorted by clicking on headings.
Revision
3300 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 20 22:38:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New module for comparing two pg files in webwork. You get both rendered
versions of the files and diffs. This initial version is pretty much
just bare-bones.
Revision
3299 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 17 15:39:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Sorting by permission now works.
Revision
3298 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 15:32:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New flag showAllErrors for when a custom checker is supplied. This
will cause all errors generated in the user's code to be reported
(normally, messages from the Value and Parser packages are ignored).
Revision
3297 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 04:04:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos in comments.
Revision
3296 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 04:03:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with auto-generated functions getting an incomplete
variable list.
Revision
3295 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 00:52:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed documentation for $graph->size()
Revision
3294 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 23:55:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements a Parser context in which only polynomials (of a single
variable) can be entered. Only sums of multiples of powers of the
variable are allowed to be entered (though the coefficients can
contain mathematical operations). An optional flag lets you specify
that only one term of each degree is allowed, so the student would
have to combine 1+x+x+x^2 to get 1+2x+x^2 in that case.
Revision
3293 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 22:21:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added separate file for rendering operation
Revision
3292 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 22:17:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic change to pretty_print_rh
Revision
3291 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 22:00:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed whitespace removal of TeX strings to safer version.
Revision
3290 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 21:46:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This change affects course creation using mysql. Field types are now
determined by DB/Record/*.pm in the function SQL_TYPES. Key fields
which are text are set to binary types (blobs) so that indexing on those
fields is case sensitive. The net result should be fast database access
while still having it be case-sensitive in the searching.
Revision
3287 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 18:02:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Added the ability to change passwords on the classlist page and fixed up sorting a bit.
For example commented out sorting by permission which didn't work. I'll work on sorting
next fixing the above and allowing profs to sort by clicking on heading as on the
Student Progress page.
Arnie
Revision
3285 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 16:06:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bringing HEAD and rel-2-1-patches in line
Revision
3284 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 16:01:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bring HEAD and rel-2-1-patches in line with each other.
Revision
3281 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 02:23:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file can contain a system wide message. It is displayed on each
login page. It's location and name are specified in global.conf
Revision
3280 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 02:22:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected usage help message
Revision
3274 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 9 11:16:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Disable() and Enable() so that they can be called as
Context()->functions->disable()
and
Context()->functions->enable()
as well as
Parser::Context::Functions::Disable()
and
Parser::Context::Functions::Enable()
The former is the preferred syntax.
Revision
3273 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 6 02:32:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Forgot to check hardcopy mode. Fixed some problems with that. The
answer array items have to turn off verbatim mode that is used when
answer are included in the hardcopy. This causes paragraph breaks
between entries in a singleResult MultiPart that includes ans_arrays,
which make the output less pretty, but at least they show up.
Revision
3272 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 6 00:46:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added styles to make Parser's ans_array methods show up properly in
the student answer and correct answer blocks.
The style for the td in the results table causes havoc for tables that
are nested in there. This solves is for Parser produced answer
arrays, but it is still messed up for the standard ans_array() and for
the output of tth (the formatted text option).
The way the style for this table is handled should probably be
changed. Perhaps if we could override for td's in tables nested in
the results area? I don't know enough about CSS to figure that out.
Revision
3270 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 6 00:01:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements a Multi-Part parser object that allows you to tie
several input blanks to a single answer checker that can compare the
student's answers in several blanks in order to determine which are
correct.
For example:
$mp = MultiPart("x^2",1,-1)->with(
singleResult => 1,
checker => sub {
my ($correct,$student,$self) = @_; # get the parameters
my ($f,$x1,$x2) = @{$student}; # extract the student answers
Value::Error("Function can't be the identity") if ($f == 'x');
Value::Error("Function can't be constant") if ($f->isConstant);
return $f->eval(x=>$x1) == $f->eval(x=>$x2);
},
);
.
BEGIN_TEXT
\(f(x)\) = \{$mp->ans_rule(20)\} produces the same value
at \(x\) = \{$mp->ans_rule(10)\} as it does at \(x\) = \{$mp->ans_rule(10)\}.
END_TEXT
ANS($mp->cmp);
This produces three answer blanks all tied to the same checker, which
is supplied by the user when the MultiPart is specified. This one
checks if two inputs to a function provide the same output.
The answer blanks can each produce a separate row in the results area
at the top of the page, or they con be combined into a single row, as
in this case. The checker routine can provide error messages for
individual parts via the setMessage() method, or for the problem as a
whole, as above. Finally, the ans_array() method can be used to
produce answer blanks for individual entries for those objects that
support such arrays.
See the documentation at the top of the file for additional details.
Revision
3269 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:52:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have Matrix, Vector and Point objects produce input
arrays similar to the ones available in PGmatrixmacros.pg. This
provides some substantial new functionality, and it may still have
some shaking down to do, but it should not affect the existing
functionality of the answer checkers.
To create an answer array for a matrix, vector or point, use the new
ans_array() or named_ans_array() methods of these objects. For
example:
Context("Matrix");
$M = Matrix([1,2],[3,4]);
BEGIN_TEXT
\{$M->TeX\} = \{$M->ans_array\}
END_TEXT
ANS($M->cmp);
This creates a matrix, then prints it ans creates an answer array of
the appropriate size for the matrix. The answer checker will
automatically know to handle the multiple entry blanks.
To used a named answer rule, use:
Context("Matrix");
$M = Matrix([1,2],[3,4]);
BEGIN_TEXT
\{$M->TeX\} = \{$M->named_ans_array('fred')\}
END_TEXT
NAMED_ANS(fred => $M->cmp);
Both methods also take an optional argument that specifies the width
of the answer rules. The default is 5.
You can get a multi-input point or vector array as well, and you can
make column vectors as follows:
Context("Vector");
$V = ColumnVector("1+x","3x","1-x");
BEGIN_TEXT
\{$V->TeX\} = \{$V->ans_array\}
END_TEXT
ANS($V->cmp);
Note that you can make answer arrays for matrices and vectors of
formulas as well as constants, provided the formula is an explicit
matrix or vector of formulas, and is not obtained by matrix
arithmatic.
For concistencey, all objets now have ans_rule and named_ans_rule
methods as well. The default width is 20 for these.
Revision
3268 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:36:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed some unused lines and comments.
Removed unnecessary spaces from around answer-rule-extension rules,
and made the TeX version of this rule be based on the width, as is
the case for ans_rule.
Revision
3267 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:25:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow for vectors to be marked as Column Vectors.
Revision
3266 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:24:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better handling of delimiters that are explicitly set byt he user.
Fixed an incorrect call during object class promotion.
Added ability to sepcify that a vector is a Column Vector.
Revision
3265 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:22:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better handling of open and close delimiters that are explicitly set.
Revision
3264 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:18:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix some incorrect calls when the promoting types to higher precedence
object types.
Revision
3263 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:08:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with Matrix->perl() method that would cause an extra level
of nesting in constant matrices.
Revision
3262 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 20:25:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo
Revision
3261 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 4 13:50:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid possible infinite loop with length and typeref calls.
Revision
3260 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 4 13:50:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded comment.
Revision
3259 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 3 22:03:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a ->with() method that lets you set fields of a Parser object as
you create it. For example:
$f = Formula("sqrt(x)")->with(limits=>[0,3]);
or
ANS(Formula("(x+1)/x")->with(checkUndefinedPoints=>1,test_at=>[[0]])->cmp);
or
ANS($f->with(test_points=>[[0],[1],[2]])->cmp);
Revision
3258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 3 19:14:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better control over number of points that can be undefined, and
new ability to specify required test points plus additional random
ones. (Previously, if you set the test points, no random points were
generated.) For example:
$f = Formula("(x^2-1)/(x-1)");
$f->{test_at} = [[1]]; # test at x=1 plus random points
as opposed to
$f->{test_points} = [[-1],[0],[1]];
which tests only the points x = -1, x = 0 and x = 1.
Revision
3257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 22:50:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the Formula answer checker to allow checking of points where
the functions are undefined (i.e., attempt to check that the domains
agree). This can be enabled by setting the checkundefinedPoints flag
in the Context(), or in the formula itself. Test points where the
function is undefined will be retained and the student's answer will
have to be undefined at the same points. If the points are selected
at random, the points where the function is undefined are kept in
addition to the ones where it is defined, so the required number of
test points where the function IS defined will still need to be
found. The number of undefined points can be up to the number of
defined points. This number can be reduced by setting the
max_undefined flag. If you want to guarantee that a specific
undefined point be tested, you can provide that point using the
test_points field of the formula. For example:
Context()->flags->set(checkUndefinedPoints=>1);
$f = Formula("(x^2-1)/(x-1)");
$f->{test_points} = [[-1],[0],[1],[2]];
ANS($f->cmp);
will guarantee that the singularity at x=1 is tested, so the answer
x+1 will not be marked as correct.
If an answer matches at all the test points where the functions are
both defined, but some of the undefind points differ between the two
functions, the answer checker will generate an error message
indicating that the domains of the functions don't agree. (This is
ONLY generated with the functions match except for that.) This can be
controlled by setting the showDomainErrors flag in the formula's cmp()
call:
ANS($f->cmp(showDomainErrors=>0));
The default is to show these errors.
Revision
3256 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 19:53:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an accidental hard-coded operation from always being "add" to
being the correct operation when promoting the operations to an object
of higher precedence. (But since formulas are normally the highest
precedence, this will never have occurred.)
Revision
3255 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 18:22:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make all sorts case insensitive
Revision
3254 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 16:37:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allows connection of WeBWorK with Moodle via SOAP. This
feature is still under development.
Revision
3253 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 16:32:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
These two files provide a connection via SOAP with Moodle. You will
need to modify the webwork.apache-config file as well.
Revision
3252 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 15:18:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
1. Don't put any spaces before any numerical data in .csv output. Excel
doesn't have a problem with this but other spreadsheets do according to Mike.
2. Keep backups of all totals files and never overwrite a backup. The File
Manager can be used to delete any unwanted backups.
Arnie
Revision
3251 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 17:22:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add the line
Any changes made below will be reflected in the set for ALL students.
to the top of the Hmwk Set Editor page
Arnie
Revision
3250 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 15:05:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Sorting to three levels is obtained by clicking on headings.
Arnie
Revision
3249 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 05:23:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test of logging
Revision
3248 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 05:22:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
start using activitymail-from script again
Revision
3247 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 31 19:53:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow periods in set names. This has been tested for a while without
ill effects. Such sets already exist - they can be created
in the Library Browser, but when they were exported, they could not be
re-imported.
Revision
3246 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 31 16:54:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
On web page, display a pretty sort_mthod_name. E.g. remove underscores.
Arnie
Revision
3245 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 27 17:41:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
pad entries with appended (rather than prepended) spaces so that sorting
will work properly in Excel, etc.
Arnie
Revision
3244 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 27 16:34:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
The sorting order in scoring files is now never random. It is by last name,
then first name, and then by user_id and is case insensitive. Before it
was by last name only and case sensitive.
Arnie
Revision
3243 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 27 04:01:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changed a substitution call so that the directory path is recalculated
every time listLib is called. Before the substitution pattern was
calculated only when the child first started up and this caused
bad problems if a new call to listLib had a different library than
the one used when the child was initialized.
-- Mike
Revision
3242 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 18:18:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow sorting by first name, last name, or email address. Also default
sorting is by last name, then by first name, then by user_id where as before
it was by last name only.
Revision
3241 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 18:13:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test of logging
Revision
3240 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 18:13:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
We're waiting on Hoss to recover the /usr/local/bin/activitymail-from
script from backup. In the mean time, I've set the from address to
webwork@math.rochester.edu, which is allowed by SourceForge.
Revision
3239 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 15:12:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
(1) problem numbers are left alligned
(2) problem values are listed
(3) no special message is given if problem value is 0
Revision
3238 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 12:59:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This is the model course that we use as a template to create new
courses on the development machine.
Revision
3237 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:34:20 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a location for site_info.txt
Revision
3236 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:31:33 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The info section of the login picks up HTML text contained in the
webwork2/htdocs/site_info.txt file. This allows a site administrator
to post a message of the day or urgent site information which is
read by everyone logging into webwork.
The contents of the
course/templates/login_info.txt file is printed after
the site_info.txt message.
Revision
3235 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:28:25 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications that support import and export to gzipped disk files
Revision
3234 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:27:43 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Import and Export now create gzipped files in the template directory
of the admin course. These files can than be downloaded using
the FileManager. The export and import process are still VERY slow, but
at least it no longer matters if your browser times out.
Revision
3233 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 20:53:18 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problems with calculating the average grade correctly.
Regularized the code in Stats and StudentProgress
the next step is to a good chunk of the code which does the actual
arithmetic to a spot in Utils/ so that it can be called by
both Stats and StudentProgress.
This fixes bug 784
Revision
3232 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 16:17:44 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use base64 to save answers -- this ensures that symbols
in the answer won't cause trouble. I have added a string
to the beginning of the encoded passage:
base64_encoded:AFDWERADADFRET
-- Mike
Revision
3231 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 15:34:48 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
useless commit to test logging
Revision
3230 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 01:09:03 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Committing a new xmlrpc client to replace xmlrpc_client4
Revision
3229 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 01:07:29 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add a stub to allow SOAP access to webservice
Revision
3228 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 01:06:02 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Clean up commented out code.
Revision
3227 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 00:55:38 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
I've updated the clients so they work with the current configuration of
the apache server running in my directory (http://devel.webwork.rochester.edu:8002)
Once the webwork.apache-config files have been updated they should work on other
systems that are up-to-date with the cvs.
-- Mike
Revision
3226 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 17 18:40:12 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put a spce in after bolf faced words
Revision
3225 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 14 01:42:25 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed loadMacros() to use search for amcros files via a
user-cusomizable path of directories. This is specified in the
global.conf file, and can include any number of directories.
The path can include "." to mean look in the .pg file's directory.
This makes it possible to store special macros files with the code
that uses them.
By default, the path is ".", the course/templates/macro directory,
then the pg/macros directory (in that order). This duplicates the
current behaviour, except for the ".", which is new.
You must also make the updates to the global.conf,
webwork2/lib/WeBWorK/PG.pm, and webwork2/lib/WeBWorK/PG/Local/pm files.
Revision
3224 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 14 01:32:19 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed to make loadMacros() look through a path of directories
rather than just course/templates/macros and pg/macros. You can
specify the path in the global.conf file.
You also need to make the update to pg/macros/dangerousMacros.pl
Revision
3223 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 11 14:32:58 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
encoding answers in base64 -- this should keep import and
export from breaking.
Revision
3222 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 11 14:31:10 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow library search to follow links.
This is needed since the initial path to a library
from a course is usually a link from the templates directory.
Revision
3221 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 2 00:58:00 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
During a call(), if the evaluation produced an error message generated
by Value::Error, report it, otherwise report a generic message.
Revision
3220 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 2 00:56:19 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the call method to check if the function is actually defined
inthe parser before calling the parser method. This allows things
like C(n,r) to be moved here but not automatically included in the
Context.
Revision
3219 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 29 22:30:55 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added derivative of |x| as x/|x|.
Revision
3218 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 29 02:37:13 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with adaptive parameters where the relative tolerance
was not being properly computed. This allowed large constants to be
treated as correct when they shouldn't be.
Revision
3217 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 27 21:30:13 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Copy parameters like limits, etc, to the newly created formula when
'C0' is added by the "upToConstant=>1" option in formula cmp().
Revision
3216 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 27 21:29:10 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use correct form of "x" with lists (rather than hack using split()).
Revision
3215 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 16 02:31:20 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Providing an initial fix for bug 784. I'd like to
continue to work on this module and factor out some of
the calculation loops in order to place them in Utils.
For now this hack (which involves splitting
$num_of_attemts into two variables so it can be updated
and used for two different purposes) should work.
--Mike
Revision
3214 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 18:33:07 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Provide a default warning subroutine if none has been defined.
Revision
3213 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 18:00:42 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating the webwork daemon. Small changes that make the url compatible with
the current ports that we are using.
--Mike
Revision
3212 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 17:03:58 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bringing this client up-to-date with the current version of the xmlrpc daemon.
-- Mike
Revision
3211 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 15:36:26 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added utf8 to the modules called to set up AlgParser. Davide Cervone found this
fix which corrects bug #754
Revision
3210 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 31 19:44:49 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a check that the coordinates are numeric. This avoids an error
were <i+j+k> was accepted as OK.
Revision
3209 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 21:23:34 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Adding sql types for database entries for use on creation. Many of them
can probably be tweaked to take up less space (e.g., we don't need 4 bytes
to store the published information).
Revision
3208 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 19:16:36 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provide an easy means of generating a custom answer checker based on
an user-supplied subroutine. Most of the work is done by the Parser's
answer checker framework, and the user's routine is called at the
point that the student's answer is compared to the correct answer.
Revision
3207 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 13:14:17 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle error messages in the list checker better. In particular, make
the error messages generated by custom checkers called on elements in
the list look better. Also, in an ordered list, if the student enters
extra values, call an answer checker to do a syntax check. (By
default, use the first element again, but the user can supply a
separate object to use for the checker using the extra=>object
option.)
Revision
3206 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 03:25:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Compartmentalize the equality check one step further. The cmp_equal
method now calls a new cmp_compare method to perform the actual
comparison (rather than use == directly). The cmp_compare method
either calls a user-supplied checker routine, or defaults to using the
== operator. The list checker also uses cmp_compare to check the
individual items in the list. The list checker also calls a new
cmp_list_checker method to perform the list check. This can be
overridden by a user-supplied list-checking routine.
To supply an alternate checking routine, use the "checker" option to
the cmp() method of the correct answer object. For example:
sub check {
my ($correct,$student,$ans) = @_;
return 0 unless $correct->length == $student->length;
my ($x,$y) = $student->value; # break up a point;
return $x**2 - $y**2 = 1; # check if it is on a hyperbola
}
Point(1,0)->cmp(checker=>~~&check);
This will check if the student's point lies on the given hyperbola. All
the usual error messages will be issued if the student's answer is not
a point, or is of the wrong dimension, etc.
You can use
sub list_check {
my ($correct,$student,$ans) = @_;
my @correct = @{$correct}; my @student = @{$student};
...
return ($score,@errors);
}
List(...)->cmp(list_checker=>~~&list_check);
to replace the list-checking routine with your own custom one. The
$correct and $student values are array references to the elements in
the lists provided by the professor and student. (Note that you do
NOT get a List() object; this allows you to handle lists of formulas,
since a List of formulas becomes a formula returning a list). The
checker routine should return the number of correct elements in the
student's list ($score), and a list of error messages produced while
checking the two lists (@errors). (This is a list of messages, since
you might want to include an error for each entry in the list, for
example).
If your checker or list_checker routine wants to die with an error
message, use Value::Error(message). This will put the message in the
WeBWorK display area at the top of the page. If you use die(message),
or if the code fails due to a runtime error, then "pink screen of
death" will be produced indicating the error and asking the student to
report the error to the professor.
Revision
3205 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 02:55:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Properly handle string values in postprocessing of vectors and other
related lists. (It used to report a dimension error for things like 'NONE').
Revision
3204 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 28 23:47:50 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Peroperly negate infinities even when reduceConstants is not in
effect.
Revision
3203 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 28 23:46:06 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle extra parentheses better.
Revision
3202 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 28 23:45:27 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle log as ln or log properly.
Revision
3200 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 21 18:51:43 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3199 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 20 13:13:44 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements an experimental answer checker for implicitly defined
curves and surfaces.
Revision
3198 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 19 01:11:06 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected display error where negative numbers were enclosed in
parentheses.
Revision
3197 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 18 17:28:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed sign error in correct answer, and chamged f(x) to f(x,y) in the
statement of the problem.
Revision
3196 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:40:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements an answer evaluator that checks if a students answer
satisfies a given equality. See the comments in the file for details
about how to use the answer checker.
Revision
3195 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:36:33 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that the uverloaded operators handle subclassing properly, we can
use promotePrecedence in the compare routines, just in case we define
a subclass with even HIGHER precedence!
Revision
3194 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:35:01 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
removed a commented-out line that was no longer needed.
Revision
3193 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:33:59 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo.
Revision
3192 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:30:28 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update the overloaded operators so that they can be overridden by
subclasses of the predefined object classes. This involves calling
the objects method rather than using a hard reference to the routine
in the parent class.
Also, change the name of the string comparison routine to
compare_string to avoid conflicts with cmp that is used to produce the
answer checker for the class.
Finally, in Value.pm, promotePrecedence no longer has to do fancy
footwork to get "special" precedence to work (this was a hack to get
around the misfeature of the overloaded operators -- now that that is
being handled correctly, there is no need for it).
Revision
3191 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 04:17:35 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error with asec and acsc where the parameters were not being
passed properly.
Revision
3190 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 02:47:04 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a link from the logo to the home webpage for webwork.
Revision
3189 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 02:46:31 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed port range to 8000-8999 instead of 11000 to 11999
Revision
3188 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 27 04:05:48 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Still fiddling with the links so that one can jump from instructor
page editors to the actual display and back easily.
Revision
3187 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 26 23:03:12 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow subclasses of AnswerEvalutor to be used. Check for a match
with a substring AnswerEvaluator instead of equality.
Revision
3180 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 19 16:47:36 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Small correction that makes sure that _init subroutines are read
properly. The original works on some versions of perl, but not on
others.
Revision
3177 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 18 00:04:09 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Missed one situation when making the previous update. Fixed it.
Revision
3175 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 17 17:42:36 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in PGProblemEditor.pm that prevented you from adding new problem in
a set. Added comment to ProblemSetDetail.pm
Revision
3174 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 17 16:12:45 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed it so that direct calls to the add, sub, mult, etc functions
would work as expected (even though there is no need to call them directly).
Revision
3172 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 21:58:54 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated the answer checkers so that you can more easily specify how
the correct answer shoudl be displayed. In the past, you could use
something like Real(sqrt(2))->cmp(correct_ans=>"sqrt(2)") to do this,
but that is awkward. Now the Compute() function (which parses and
then evaluates a string) sets things up so that the original string
will be what is used as the correct answer. That means
Compute("sqrt(2)")->cmp will have the same result as the example
above.
You can also set the {correct_ans} properly of any Parser object to
have that value used as the correct answer. For example
$x = Real(sqrt(2));
$x->{correct_ans} = "sqrt(2)";
ANS($x->cmp)
would also produce the same answer checker as the two previous
examples. All three methods should work. Use the one that is most
convenient for you.
Revision
3171 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 21:53:23 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved the Real(), Complex(), Point(), Vector(), Matrix() and
String() constructors so that they will process formulas passed to
them as strings rather than requiring perl objects for these.
For example, you can use Real("2/3") rather than Real(2/3) if you
want. Also, Real("1+x") will return a formula returning a real
(essentially the same as Formula("1+x") in this case).
Revision
3166 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 02:20:52 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with Matrix() that could cause it to loop infinitely
when bad data is passed to it.
Also, allow Matrix(), Point(), Vector(), and Real() to accept string
values that are evaluated to produce the value returned.
(Sorry, accidentally committed with a blank message.)
Revision
3165 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 02:16:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3160 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 13 17:50:55 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Initialize dates to be now+ one week for the open date and
now + two weeks for the due and answer dates. This makes
it less likely that the date will be undefined.
Revision
3159 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 10 22:34:01 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem that caused errors to occur when ImplicitPlane() was
called with a formula whose constant term is a negative number that is
produced by a computation.
